SHARP FODC635UDR, FO-DC635U Service Manual

OPTION

Toner cartridge: FO-50ND Drum cartridge: FO-47DR Option memory: FO-8MK Verification stamp: FO-45VS Paper cassette (2nd): FO-CS2 LAN Network interface kit: FO-LN1 Network printer kit: FO-NP1 Network scanner kit: FO-NS2 Dual line kit: FO-60DL

NOTE:

• FO-NP1 (Network Printer Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can not

be mounted simultaneously.

• FO-LN1 (LAN Network Interface Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit)

can be mounted simultaneously. However, multi-operation of 2 line communication and network scan is not possible.

TopPage

FO-DC635U

SERVICE MANUAL

No. 00ZFDC635USME

FACSIMILE

MODEL

MODEL SELECTION CODE DESTINATION

FO-DC635 U U.S.A./Canada

Chapters 1, 2, 3, 7 and 8 of this manual are omitted because they are partly common to the FO-4470U/ FO-DC535U. Please refer to previous service manual (00ZFO4470USME) / (00ZFDC535USME) for these chapters.

FO-DC635U

Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

– 0 –

This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice.

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Caution........................................................... 1-1

[2] Specifications ................................................. 1-3

[3] Operation panel.............................................. 1-4

[4] Transmittable documents............................... 1-6

[5] Installation...................................................... 1-7

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS

[1] Adjustments ................................................... 2-1

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches............ 2-3

[3] Troubleshooting ........................................... 2-40

[4] Error code table............................................ 2-40

[5] Overseas communication mode .................. 2-40

[6] Administrator mode in the personal book

function ........................................................ 2-40

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Mechanical description .................................. 3-1

[2] Printer description .......................................... 3-1

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures........ 3-1

[4] How to install the verification stamp (FO-

45VS) ............................................................. 3-2

CONTENTS

[2] Circuit description of control PWB ................. 5-1

[3] Circuit description of CIS unit ......................5-15

[4] Circuit description of LIU PWB ....................5-16

[5] Circuit description of operation panel PWB......5-18

[6] Circuit description of power supply PWB......5-19

[7] Circuit description of Dual Line Kit (Option:

FO-60DL).....................................................5-20

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT

[1] Control PWB circuit .......................................6-1

[2] LIU PWB circuit ........................................... 6-18

[3] Printer PWB circuit ......................................6-21

[4] Power Supply PWB circuit........................... 6-25

[5] Operation Panel PWB circuit .......................6-27

[6] LCD Relay PWB circuit................................6-31

[7] 1st Paper Cassette PWB circuit ..................6-32

CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART

[1] G3 Protocol.................................................... 7-1

[2] Super G3 Protocol ......................................... 7-1

[3] Power on sequence....................................... 7-1

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS

[1] Block diagram ................................................ 4-1

[2] Wiring diagram............................................... 4-2

[3] Point-to-point diagram.................................... 4-3

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

[1] Circuit description .......................................... 5-1

CHAPTER 8. OTHER

[1] Service tools .................................................. 8-1

[2] Rewriting version up the FLASH ROM ..........8-1

Parts Guide

– i –

- MEMO -

FO-DC635U

– ii –

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Service Manual

[1] Caution

1. Laser caution

This laser printer is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH or IEC60825-1 standard. This means that this machine does not produce a hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina, there is danger of spot damage to the retina.

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing.

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a unit, not an individual part.

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the toner/developer unit and drum cartridge.

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected when removing and installing the optical system.

4) The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the safety interlock switch.

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.

Laser Wave Length : 770 nm -810 nm Laser Pulse Times : 51.3 ns Laser Output Power Max : 5 mW

2. Life of consumable

Section Part Estimated Life Replaced by

Toner cartridge Replacement cartridge

(FO-50ND)

Drum cartridge Replacement cartridge (FO-47DR) 20,000 prints (at Letter/4%

Paper feed Transfer roller (Refer to the P/G No. 10-8)

(0KW4127410302)

Fusing unit Fusing unit (Refer to the P/G No. 9-14)

(0KW4127036001)

Paper transport Paper transfer roller (Refer to the P/G No. 8-6)

(0KW4127300101)

Unit FO-DC635 5 years or 75,000 prints of

6,000 prints (at Letter/4% chart)

chart) 50,000 prints Service Engineer

50,000 prints Service Engineer

Cleaning as needed ———————

early either

User

———————

1 – 1

3. Caution for Battery replacement

FO-DC635U

(Danish) ADVARSEL !

Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

(English) Caution !

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.

Replace only with the same or equivalent type

recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

Discard used batteries according to manufacturer's instructions.

(Finnish) VAROITUS

Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan

tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.

4. Precautions for using Lead-Free Solder

1. Employing lead-free solder

This model employs lead-free solder. This is indicated by the "LF" symbol printed on the PWB and in the service manual. The suffix letter indicates the alloy type of the solder. Example:

(French) ATTENTION

Il y a danger d'explosion s' il y a remplacement incorrect

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du

même type ou d'un type recommandé par le constructeur.

Mettre au rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux

instructions du fabricant.

(Swedish) VARNING

Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte.

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent

typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens

instruktion.

(German) Achtung

Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder

vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.

Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.

Indicates lead-free solder of tin, silver and copper.

2. Using lead-free solder

When repairing a PWB with the "LF" symbol, only lead-free solder should be used. (Using normal tin/lead alloy solder may result in cold soldered joints and damage to printed patterns.) As the melting point of lead-free solder is approximately 40°C higher than tin/lead alloy solder, it is recommended that a dedicated bit is used, and that the iron temperature is adjusted accordingly.

3. Soldering

As the melting point of lead-free solder (Sn-Ag-Cu) is higher and has poorer melting point (flow), to prevent damage to the land of the PWB, extreme care should be taken not to leave the bit in contact with the PWB for an extended period of time. Remove the bit as soon as a good flow is achieved. The high content of tin in lead free solder will cause premature corrosion of the bit. To reduce wear on the bit, reduce the temperature or turn off the iron when it is not required. Leaving different types of solder on the bit will cause contamination of the different alloys, which will alter their characteristics, making good soldering more difficult. It will be necessary to clean and replace bits more often when using lead-free solder. Toreduce bit wear, care should be taken to clean the bit thoroughly after each use.

1 – 2

FO-DC635U

[2] Specifications

1. GENERAL

Automatic dialing: Conventional Auto Dialing:

Memory size*: 16 MB (approx. 500 pages)

Modem speed: 33,600 bps (max.) with automatic fallback

Transmission time*: Approx. 2 seconds Toner cartridge yield**:

(continuous printing, 4% page coverage, letter paper) Drum cartridge yield**: (continuous printing, 4% page coverage, letter paper) Resolution: Standard: 203 x 98 lines/inch

Halftone (grayscale): 64 levels Automatic document

feeder:

Paper capacity: 750 sheets (20 lb) (500-sheet cassette ava-

Compression scheme: MMR, MR, MH, Sharp (H2), JBIG Applicable telephone line:

Rapid Key Dialing: 59 numbers, Speed Dialing: 200 numbers Personal Auto Dial Books: 40 books (59 Rapid Keys, 16 Speed Dial numbers per book)

Optional memory: FO-8MK (8 MB;approx. 500 pages)

to lower speeds

Initial starter cartridge (included with machine): Approx. 3000 pages Replacement cartridge (FO-50ND): Approx. 6000 pages

Initial starter cartridge (included with machine): 20,000 pages (avg.) Replacement cartridge (FO-47DR): 20,000 pages (avg.)

(8 x 3.85 lines/mm) Fine/Halftone: 203 x 196 lines/inch (8 x 7.7 lines/mm) Super fine: 203 x 391 lines/inch (8 x 15.4 lines/mm) Ultra fine: 406 x391 lines/inch (16 x 15.4 lines/mm)

Letter paper (20 lb): Max. 50 pages Legal paper: Max. 20 pages (Note: 11” x 17” paper must be loaded one page at a time.)

iable as option)

Public switched telephone network

Applicable telephone line: Compatibility: ITU-T (CCITT) G3 mode, Super G3 mode

Printing resolution: Horizontal: 406 lines/inch (16 lines/mm)

Input document size: Automatic feeding:

Effective scanning width: Effective printing width: Printing speed: 16 ppm Reception modes: Auto/Manual

Instascan speed: 1.3 sec/page (letter paper; scan time only,

Full Dual Access: Yes Copy function: Single/Multi/Sort (99 copies/page) Power requirements: 120 V AC, 60 Hz Operating tempera-

ture: Humidity: 20 to 85% RH Power consumption: Stand-by: 9 W

Dimensions: Width:21.5” (546 mm)

Weight: Approx. 48.5 lbs. (22.0 kg)

*Based on Sharp Standard Chart at standard resolution, excluding time for protocol signals (i.e., ITU-T phase C time only). **The yields may vary depending on coverage and operating conditions.

Public switched telephone network

Vertical: 391 lines/inch (15.4 lines/mm)

Width: 5.8 to 10.1” (148 to 257mm) Length: 5.0 to 14.3” (128 to 364 mm)

Manual feeding:

Width: 5.8 to 11.0” (148 to 279 mm), Length: 5.0 to 38.0” (128 to 966 mm) (mazimum length 19” (483 mm) when ultra fine resolution is used.) 10” (257 mm) max.

8.0” (203 mm) max.

excludes document feeding time)

50 - 86°F(10 - 30°C)

Stand-by (all options installed): 16W Maximum: 800 W

Depth: 16.2” (412 mm) Height: 17.0” (431 mm) (Not including paper tray or attachments)

(Not including supplies paper tray or attachments)

As a part of our policy of continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the right to make design and specification changes for product improvement without prior notice. The performance specifications figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some deviations from these values in individual units.

1 – 3

[3] Operation panel

1

DOCUMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

CONTRAST RESOLUTIONe-mail ON LINE

7

11

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

Q/! W/" E/# R/$ T/% Y/& U/' I/( O/) P/=

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SYMBOL

A/|S D F G/{ H/} J/[ K/] L/+

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Caps Lock

Z/< X/> C V B N/* M/? @ .com

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

/^ // \ ;/:

SHIFT

11

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

SYMBOL

PAGECOUNTER

Caps Lock

GHI

PQRS

14 15 16 17 18 19 2012 13

Q/! W/" E/# R/$ T/% Y/& U/' I/( O/) P/=

A/|S D F G/{ H/} J/[ K/] L/+

CONFIDENTIAL

TIMER

Z/< X/> C V B N/* M/? @ .com

SHIFT

/^ // \ ;/:

COVER SHEET

22 2923 24 25 30282726

JOB STATUS

DUPLEX SCAN

ABC1DEF

PRIORITY

2 3

JKL

MNO

4

5

TUV

7

OPER

6

WXYZ

9

8

0

31 35 3632 3433

3 5 62

4

HALF TONE

STANDARD

SUPER FINE

ULTRA FINE

FINE

ALARM

TONER

Network

DATA

ON LINE

FAX2FAX1

98 10

Space

LIFE

MEM.STATUS

Space

BROADCAST

PERSONAL

BOOK

SPEED DIAL

ZA

REDIAL

GAB SEARCH

SPEAKER

_

REPORT

_

- ./, DEL

21

LINE

DOCUMENT

- ./, DEL

MENU

UP

START/ ENTER

DOWN

COPY

STOP

Display

1

This displays messages and prompts to help you operate the machine. The backlight turns on whenever a key is touched, and then automatically turns off after a preset time if no further operations are performed. The display can be tilted to the desired angle for easy viewing.

TONER indicator

2

This blinks when the toner cartridge nears empty, and lights steadily when the toner cartridge needs replacement.

ALARM indicator

3

This blinks when one of the paper sources is empty, or the drum cartridge is near or at the end of its life. This lights steadily when all paper sources are empty, the print compartment cover is open, or a paper jam has occurred. A message will appear in the display to indicate the problem.

FAX1 / FAX2 lights

4

When the dual line option is installed, FAX 1 lights when Line 1 is being used and FAX 2 lights when Line 2 is being used. When the dual line option is not installed, only FAX 1 lights when the telephone line is being used (the FAX 2 light does not operate).

DATA light

5

This blinks when the machine is receiving a print job over the network (only when the network printer option is installed).

ON LINE light (printer option only)

6

When this light is on, the machine can receive data (print jobs) over the network. The light is turned on or off with the ON LINE key. (Only available when the network printer option is installed).

CONTRAST key

7

Press this key to adjust the contrast before sending or copying a document.

E-mail key

8

Press this key to send a scanned document to an e-mail recipient. (Only available when the network scanner option is installed).

RESOLUTION key

9

Press this key to adjust the resolution before sending or copying a document. An indicator will light next to the selected setting (HALFTONE, STANDARD, FINE, SUPER FINE or ULTRA FINE).

ON LINE key (printer option only)

10

Press this key to select whether the machine is online or off-line (the ON LINE light is on when the machine is online). The machine must be online to receive print jobs over the network. (Only available when the network printer option is installed).

Rapid Dial Keys

11

Press one of these keys to dial a fax number automatically, or specify an e-mail recipient if the network scanner option is installed. Note that you must attach the Rapid Key labels. When navigating through the display menu, a Rapid Key can also be pressed in place of the numeric keys to enter a two-digit number (for example, you can press Rapid Key 01 to enter the number "01").

SYMBOL key

12

When entering a name, press this key to enter the symbol on a letter key (the character to the right of the slash). Press the key again to turn off symbol entry mode.

PAGE COUNTER key

13

Press this key to include a slash and the total number of pages after each page number on the pages of a transmitted document.

CONFIDENTIAL key

14

Press this key to send or print out a confidential document.

FO-DC635U

1 – 4

FO-DC635U

d

TIMER key

15

Press this key to set a fax operation to be performed automatically at a later time.

COVER SHEET key

16

Press this key to include a cover sheet when sending a fax.

LIFE key

17

Press this key, followed by , to check the total number of pages printed by the fax machine. (Press to return to the

data and time display.

MEM. STATUS key

18

Press this key to check the status of fax transmission jobs, copy jobs, and fax receptions. This key can also be used to cancel a job.

19

REPORT key

Press this key before sending a fax (on a Scan to E-mail/FTP/ Desktop transmission when the network scanner option is installed) to have a transaction report printed out after the transmission is finished.

DOCUMENT key

20

Press this key to transmit a document directly from the feeder without reading it into memory.

LINE key

21

When the dual line option has been installed, press this key before dialing to select the line.

JOB STATUS key

22

Press this key to display the FAX-STATUS screen, which shows information on the fax job that is currently in progress. If the dual line option is installed, the fax status will appear separately for each line. If the network printer option is installed, the NETWORK PRINT STATUS screen showing information on current printer activity will appear following the FAX STATUS screen (note that "IDLE" will appear if a print job has been executed but is not yet being printed).

To move through each of the screens and return to the date and time display, press one or more times as needed.

JOB STATUS

START/ ENTER

STOP

29

UP and DOWN arrow keys Volume setting: Press these keys to change the speaker

volume when the SPEAKER key has been pressed, or the ringer volume at any other time.

MENU key settings: Press these keys after pressing the MENU key to scroll through the MENU key settings.

30

COPY key

Press this key to make a copy of a document that is in the fee

31

Dial keypad (numeric keys)

Use these keys to dial and program fax numbers.

REDIAL key

32

Press this key to automatically redial the last number dialed.

SPEAKER key

33

Press this key when faxing a document by Normal Dialing to listen to the line and verify the response of the receiving fax machine.

START/ENTER key

34

Press this key to begin fax transmission when using Speed Dialing, Direct Keypad Dialing, or Normal Dialing. This key is also used to select settings in the MENU key menu and complete entries when storing names and numbers.

Left and right arrow keys

35

Press these keys to search for an auto-dial number when sending a document. If the network scanner option is installed and your network has an LDAP server, the left arrow key (GAB SEARCH) can be pressed to search for a destination on the LDAP server. (Note: "GAB" stands for "Global Address Book".)

36

STOP key

Press this key to cancel an operation before it is completed.

DUPLEX SCAN key

23

Press this key to transmit or copy a two-sided document.

PRIORITY key

24

Press this key when you need to transmit a document ahead of other documents waiting in memory for transmission.

BROADCAST key

25

Press this key to send a document to a group of fax machines, or to a group of e-mail recipients if the network scanner option is installed.

26

PERSONAL BOOK

Press this key to use or store an auto-dial number in a personal book. If the book has a passcode, enter the

passcode; otherwise, select the book with or and

START/ ENTER

press .

27

SPEED DIAL key

Press this key to dial a Speed Dial number.

MENU key

28

Press this key to select special functions and setting.

1 – 5

[4] Transmittable documents

1. Document Sizes

Normal size Width 5.8” - 10.1”(148 - 257 mm)

Length 5.0” - 14.3”(128 - 364 mm)

(Max.)

80g/m

966mm

2

(Max.)

(Min.)

364mm

128mm

148mm 257mm

[Normal size]

• With special sizes, only one sheet can be fed into the machine at a time. Insert next page into feeder as current page is being scanned.

279mm

[Special size]

2. Paper Thickness & Weight

Product specifications

Indication Lower Limit Upper Limit Weight indication

Thickness indication

Document size

Number of ADF sheets

Paper quality

Japanese indication Size 4 x 6 Metric system indication American indication LB system indication Metric system indication Inch system indication Document size Range

Document size Weight

Kind Paper of fine quality/bond paper/

45kg paper 70kg paper

2

52g/m

14 LB 20 LB

0.06mm 0.1mm

0.0024" 0.0035"

(148mm x 128mm) ~ W letter (279mm x 483mm) A4 (210mm x 297mm) Letter (216mm x 279mm)

B6 ~ Letter/A4 size 50sheets

B4 size/Legal 20sheets W letter size 1sheet

90 kg (104g/m 135 kg (157g/m

Kent paper

2

) or more

2

) or less 1sheet

3. Document Types

• Normal paper

Documents handwritten in pencil (No. 2 lead or softer), fountain pen, ball-point pen, or felt-tipped pen can be transmitted.

Documents of normal contrast duplicated by a copying machine can also be transmitted.

• Diazo copy (blue print)

Diazo copy documents of a normal contrast may be transmitted.

• Carbon copy

A carbon copy may be transmitted if its contrast is normal.

FO-DC635U

4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents

• Documents written in yellow, greenish yellow, or light blue ink cannot be transmitted.

• Ink, glue, and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before the documents can be transmitted.

• All clips, staples and pins must be removed from documents before transmission.

• Patched (taped) documents should be copied first on a copier and then the copies used for transmission.

• All documents should be fanned before insertion into the feeder to prevent possible double feeds.

5. Automatic Document Feeder Capacity

Number of pages that can be placed into the feeder at anytime is as follows:

Normal size: max. 50 sheets (14 lbs - 20 lbs)

Special size: single sheet only (manual feed)

NOTE: • If you need to send or copy more 50 pages, place the addi-

tional pages and carefully in the feeder just before the last page is scanned. Do not try to force them in, as this may cause double-feeding or jamming.

• If your document consists of several large or thick pages which must be loaded one at a time, insert each page into the feeder as the previous page is being scanned. Insert gently to prevent double feeding.

6. Readable Width & Length

The readable width and length of a document are slightly smaller than the actual document size.

Note that characters or graphics outside the effective document scanning range will not be read.

• Readable width

10” (257mm), max

Readable width

• Readable length

This is the length of the document sent minus 0.16” (4mm) from the top and bottom edges.

0.16" (4mm)

Readable length

0.16" (4mm)

1 – 6

FO-DC635U

[5] Installation

1. Site selection

Take the following points into consideration when selecting a site for this model.

ENVIRONMENT

• The machine must be installed on a level surface.

• Keep the machine away from air conditioners, heaters, direct sunlight, and dust.

• Provide easy access to the front, back, and sides of the machine. In particular, keep the area in front of the machine clear, or the original document may jam as it comes out after scanning.

• The temperature should be between 50 - 86°F (10 - 30°C).

• The humidity should be between 20% and 85% (without condensation).

ELECTRICITY

AC 120V, 60Hz, grounded AC (3-prong) outlet.

Caution!

• Connection to a power source other than that specified will cause damage to the equipment and is not covered under the warranty.

• If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power surges, we recommend that you install a surge protector for the power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at most telephone specialty stores.

TELEPHONE JACK

A standard telephone jack must be located near the machine. This is the telephone jack commonly used in most homes and offices.

• Plugging the fax machine into a jack which is not an RJ11C jack may result in damage to the machine or your telephone system. If you do not know what kind of jack you have, or need to have one installed, contact the telephone company.

If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place...

If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place, it is possible that the reading glass may fog up, preventing proper scanning of documents for transmission. To remove the fog, turn on the power and wait approximately 2 hours before using the machine.

2) Connecting the telephone line cord

Insert one end of the line cord into the jack on the back of the machine marked TEL. LINE. Insert the other end into a standard (RJ11C) single-line wall telephone jack.

Note: The fax machine is set for touch-tone dialing. If you are on a pulse dial (rotary) line, you must set the fax machine for pulse dialing by changing Option Setting 22.

3) Attaching the ADF exit tray

Insert the protrusion on the right side of the machine into the hole in

the right side of the ADF exit tray , then bend the tray

slightly and insert so that the protrusion on the left side of the machine goes into the hole on the left side of the ADF exit tray

. Pull out the tray extension .

2

1

3

1

3

2. Assembly and connections

1) Connecting the power cord

Connect the female end of the power cord to the fax machine as shown. Insert the male end into a 120 V, 60 Hz, grounded (3-prong) AC outlet.

Important!: The fax machine requires its own dedicated power outlet. The power outlet must not be shared with any other devices. In particular, do not use an extension cord to connect multiple devices to the outlet.

Note: If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power surges, we recommend that you install surge protectors for the power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at most telephone specialty stores.

Press the power switch to turn on the power.

4) Attaching the received document tray

Slide the received document tray into the machine as shown. When it stops, lift the end slightly and push in so that the tray locks into place.

Important!: The received document tray must be attached for the fax machine to operate properly.

1 – 7

3. Installing the print cartridges (Toner cartridge:

FO-50ND)(Drum cartridge: FO-47DR)

Follow the steps below to install or replace the toner and drum cartridges.

• The initial starter toner cartridge included with the fax machine can print approximately 3000 letter-size pages (4% coverage of each page; continuous printing).

• The replacement toner cartridge (FO-50ND) can print approximately 6000 letter-size pages.

• The drum cartridge (FO-47DR) can print approximately 20,000 letter-size pages.

1) Press the cover release to open the print compartment cover.

• Caution! The fusing unit inside the print compartment becomes very hot during operation. Be careful not to touch the inside of the compartment.

FO-DC635U

3) If you are replacing the drum cartridge, remove the old cartridge and dispose of it according to local regulations.

4) Remove the new drum cartridge from its packaging. Insert the drum cartridge into the print compartment.

• Caution! Excessive exposure to light will damage the drum car-

tridge. Install the cartridge promptly after removing it from its packaging.

• Make sure the drum cartridge is inserted in as far as it will go.

BLUE

2) If you are replacing the toner cartridge, remove the old cartridge and dispose of it according to local regulations.

Go directly to STEP 5 if you are only replacing the toner cartridge and not the drum cartridge.

To make the cartridge more compact for disposal, press the buttons on the ends of the handle and fold the handle down.

• If you are replacing the drum cartridge but not the toner car-

tridge, remove the toner cartridge and place it on a sheet of paper.

GREEN

5) If you are installing a new toner cartridge, remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging. Remove the tape from the cartridge and then open the cartridge handle so that it stands straight up.

6) Shake as indicated by the arrows to distribute the toner evenly within the cartridge.

• If the toner is still lumpy after shaking, the gears in the cartridge

may make a noticeable sound when the print compartment cover is closed after installing the cartridge. This is normal and does not indicate a problem.

1 – 8

FO-DC635U

Red line

7) Hold the toner cartridge by the handle and insert it into the print compartment.

• Make sure the toner cartridge clicks into place.

• The handle can be left standing up.

11)When to replace the drum cartridge

When the drum cartridge nears the end of its life, the ALARM indicator on the operation panel will blink and REPLACE DRUM CARTRIDGE will appear in the display. (this message first appears when approximately 1000 pages before the drum needs replacement). Use the following replacement drum cartridge.

Sharp FO-47DR drum cartridge

BLUE

GREEN

8) Close the print compartment cover.

9) Reset the drum counter by pressing (flip up the Rapid Key

LIFE

V

overlay), or until DRUM COUNTER CLEAR is selected

in the display, and then .

START/ ENTER

• Note: The toner counter automatically resets each time you

replace the toner cartridge. There is normally no need to reset the toner counter manually. Should you find it necessary to

manually reset the toner counter, press (flip up the

LIFE

V

Rapid Key overlay), or until TONER COUNTER

CLEAR is selected, and then .

START/ ENTER

4. Loading printing paper

You can load up to 250 sheets of letter or legal paper (max. 20 lbs.) in the paper tray. Depending on the model, a paper cassette is also included as a standard fearure or available as an option. Up to 500 sheets of letter or legal paper can be loaded in the paper cassette.

• One paper cassette is inclued as a standard feature. A second paper cassette is available as an option. To have a second cassette installed, consult your dealer.

Important: Do not use the back side of paper that has already been printed on.

Note: If you need to add paper to the tray or cassette while paper still remains, remove the remaining paper and combine it into a single stack with the new paper.

Loading paper in the paper tray

1) Remove the received document tray.

2) Insert a stack of paper into the tray, print side up.

• Important! The stack of paper must not be higher than the red

line on the paper tray.

Note: The print compartment cover may become noticeably warm if a large number of pages are successively printed. This is normal and does not indicate a problem in the machine.

10)When to replace the toner cartridge

When the toner cartridge nears empty (about 100 pages can still be printed), the toner cartridge indicator on the operation panel will blink. When the toner cartridge is empty, the toner cartridge indicator will light steadily and REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE will appear in the display. Printing will no longer be possible. Use the following replacement toner cartridge.

Sharp FO-50ND toner cartridge

Hint: When the toner cartridge nears empty, try taking it out of the

machine and shaking it. This may increase the number of pages that can be printed before the toner runs out.

3) Squeeze the paper guide and move it to match the length of the paper you are loading.

Attach a letter or legal label here to indicate the paper size.

1 – 9

4) Replace the received document tray.

• The received document tray must be attached for the machine to operate properly.

FO-DC635U

4) Place a stack of paper in the cassette, print side up.

• Make sure the stack of paper is not higher than the two tabs on the paper guide and the two metal tabs. If it is, remove some of the paper.

• If you find it difficult to load the paper, remove the cassette from the machine. (Pull the cassette out as far as it will go, grasp the left side of the cassette with your left hand, and then lift it up and out with both hands.)

5. Loading paper in the paper cassette

Note: To use A4 paper in the paper cassette, you must have a service

technician adjust the cassette.

1) Grasp the hand-hold on the cassette and pull the cassette out until it stops.

2) Push the pressure plate down until it locks into position.

5) Push the cassette back into the machine, making sure it clicks into place.

6. Clearing paper jams

Clearing a jammed document

If the original document doesn’t feed properly during transmission or copying, or REMOVE ORIGINAL(S) appears in the display, fist try

START/

pressing . If the document doesn’t feed out, open the opera-

tion panel and remove it.

Important: Do not try to remove a document without opening the operation panel. This may damage the feeder mechanism.

1) Open the operation panel.

ENTER

• Squeeze the release marked PANEL RELEASE and pull up.

3) Squeeze the paper guide and pull up to move it to the appropriate holes for the length of the paper. Push the guide down into the holes.

1

2

2) Remove the document.

1 – 10

FO-DC635U

3) Close the operation panel, making sure it clicks into place.

4) Remove the jammed paper.

• Make sure no torn pieces of paper remain in the print compartment and rollers.

OR

7. Clearing a jammed printing paper

If the printing paper jams, PAPER JAM will appear in the display. Follow the steps below to clear the jam.

1) Press the green release and open the print compartment cover.

• Caution! The fusing unit inside the print compartment becomes very hot during operation. Be careful not to touch the inside of the compartment.

2) Remove the toner cartridge and place it on a sheet of paper.

5) Replace the drum cartridge.

• Make sure the drum cartridge is inserted in as far as it will go.

BLUE

GREEN

6) Replace the toner cartridge and then close the print compartment cover.

BLUE

GREEN

3) Remove the drum cartridge.

7) If you have a paper cassette and the display still indicates that paper is jammed, pull out the cassette and remove the jammed paper.

8) Replace the paper cassette.

1 – 11

8. Replacing the Verification Stamp (FO-45VS)

If you are using the Verification Stamp function, you will need to replace the ink cartridge in the stamp unit when it runs out of ink (when the stamped mark on original documents becomes faint). A new ink cartridge can be obtained from your dealer.

1) Remove the ADF exit tray.

2) Press down on the protruding tab of the green ink cartridge and pull the cartridge out with your fingers.

FO-DC635U

9. Installing the Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL)

Note: The FO-60DL Dual Line Kit cannot be installed if the FO-NP1

Network Printer Kit is installed.

Important! The following procedure is to be performed only by a qualified service technician. Be sure to turn off the power, unplug the power cord, and unplug the telephone line before proceeding. In addition, touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge any static electricity that may be on your body. Make sure that an extension phone is not connected to the machine.

1) Press the cover release to open the print compartment cover.

2) Remove 6 screws from the rear cover.

(Remember which screw secures the small cover on the left side of the rear cover, as it must be replaced in the same position).

Remove the small cover, and then remove the screw underneath.

Remove the rear cover.

3) Insert the new ink cartridge into the machine (make sure that the tab is facing out).

4) Replace the ADF exit tray.

1

2

3

3) Remove 6 screws and then remove the metal plate.

4) Remove the screw that holds the small side plate to metal plate that was removed Step 3. Slide the small side plate up and remove it from the metal plate. (Note: The small side plate is not no longer needed, however, the screw is used again in “b” of Step 5.)

1 – 12

FO-DC635U

For plastic

5) a: Attach the LIU board to the metal plate, positioning the modular jacks as shown. The bottom edge of the board should fit into the slots indicated by the arrows. Secure the LIU board with two of the 6 mm screws.

b: Attach the provided metal side plate.

a

b

6) Replace the metal plate and secure with screws in the order shown.

1

9) Connect the cable to the LIU board and the dual line control board. Secure the core band with the 10 mm screw.

10)Replace the rear cover.

(Be sure to replace the screw that secures the small cover in the same position, as it is for plastic.)

3

4

7) Attach the dual line control board.

a: Insert the bushing into the hole in the dual line control board from the outer side and secure it with the collar on the inner side.

b: Insert the winged end of the pin spacers into the metal plate, with wings extended out vertically.

c: Attach the board so that the connector inserts into the connector in the metal plate. Make sure that the pin spacers go into the holes in the board. Secure the board with the 18 mm screw (which goes into the bushing) and the remaining 6 mm screw. Tighten the screws in the order shown.

b

c

2

a

1

2

11)Affix the “”LINE 2” label above the new jack.

LINE 2

8) Fasten the band to the core as shown and cut off the excess end. Insert the cable through the core and wind it around the core twice.

1 – 13

10. Installing the paper cassette option FO-CS2

(2nd)

Important! Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord

before proceeding.

1) Remove the packing material and tape from the second paper cassette.

2) Remove the covers from the sides of the first cassette (the cassette already installed on the machine), using a flat-head screwdriver to pry each of the catches at the bottom of the covers free (2 on the right cover, 3 on the left cover).

FO-DC635U

6) Attach the large support plate and then the small support plate to the right side of the cassettes. Use 6 mm screws for the holes marked with “A”, and 10 mm screws for the holes marked with “P”. Secure the screws in the order indicated by the numbers.

3) Insert the green gear into the second cassette as shown. The side of the gear that has the small secondary gear should face the inside of the cassette, and should fit onto the metal shaft. Push the gear in until the tab on the outer side goes into the slot on the metal shaft. (Note: The gear is only used in the second cassette.)

4) Place the machine on top of the second cassette, and remove the small cover from the rear of the first cassette. Connect the 10-pin cable as shown, and insert it behind the guide indicated by the white arrow.

2

A4

P4

A3

1

A3

P3

A2

A1

7) Attach the support plate to the left side of the cassette. Use 6 mm screws for holes marked with “A”, and 10 mm screws for holes marked with “P”, securing the screws in the order indicated by the numbers. (Note that the top hole on the right does not require a screw.)

A4

P6

A2

A3

P5

A1

8) Attach the side covers to the first and second cassettes (refer to steps 9 and 11 on the previous pages).

5) Change the positions of the connectors on the circuit board of the second cassette as shown (do not change the connectors on the first cassette). Replace the small cover on the rear of the first cassette, and attach the provided small cover on the rear of the second cassette. (For the reconnection, see page 1-15.)

1 – 14

FO-DC635U

11. Caution when installing paper cassette option FO-CS2(2nd) to FO-DC635

When installing the option FO-CS2 to FO-DC635U as a 2nd paper cassette, the short pins and cables on the paper cassette PWB must be reconnected.

FO-DC635

+

FO-CS2

CAUTION

Connect 1 pin and 2 pin

-- -:@:H:9:N

1st Paper Cassette

2nd Paper Cassette

From the Motor

Connecting position of each cable when installing Paper Cassette Option FO-CS2(2nd) to FO-DC635.

1st paper cassette (CN6)/2nd paper cassette (CN7) cable

From the Solenoid

From the Paper size sensor

From the Cassette sensor

1 – 15

12. Quick reference guide

START/ ENTER

STOP

12.1. SENDING FAXES

Place your document (up to 50 letter-size pages) face down in the document feeder.

FO-DC635U

To store a Speed Dial number, press and enter a number

from 1 to 200 (press if you entered a 3-digits).

START/ ENTER

(If clearing a number, select it as explained above and then press

STOP

and .)

6) If the network scanner option is installed, SELECT DESTINATION TYPE will appear. Make sure that FAX is selected and press

SPEED DIAL

(Note: For Normal Dialing and Direct Keypad Dialing, you can also load the document after dialing the number.)

RESOLUTION

Press or if needed.

CONTRAST

12.1.1 Normal Dialing

1) Lift extension phone or press .

2) Dial the fax number (if using an extension phone, dial on the extension phone keypad).

3) Wait for the reception tone (if a person answers, ask them to press their Start key).

START/

4) Press .

ENTER

SPEAKER

12.1.2 Rapid Key Dialing

1) Press the desired Rapid Key.

12.1.3 Speed Dialing

1) Press and enter the desired Speed Dial number (press

SPEED DIAL

START/

if you entered a 3-digits number).

ENTER

.

7) Enter the full fax number and press .

8) Enter a name by pressing the letter keys and press .

START/ ENTER

9) Select YES if this is a Chain Dial number or NO if not, and press

.

10)If the dual-line option is installed, select LINE-1, LINE-2, or AUTO

and press .

START/ ENTER

11)Press repeatedly to exit.

START/

2) Press .

ENTER

12.1.4 Direct Keypad Dialing

1) Dial the fax number.

START/

2) Press .

ENTER

12.2. STORING AUTO DIAL NUMBERS

1) Press and then or until ENTRY MODE is

selected in the display.

2) Press . Make sure that DESTINATION SETTING is

selected.

3) Press . Make sure that SET is selected. (To clear a num-

ber, select CLEAR.)

4) Press .

5) To store a Rapid Key number, press the desired Rapid Key.

MENU

START/ ENTER

START/

ENTER

START/ ENTER

1 – 16

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS

[1] Adjustments

General

Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this model, make adjustments and/or setup as necessary.

1. Adjustments

Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)

1. Install the power supply unit in the machine.

2. Set the recording paper and document.

3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output lines. Confirm that outputs are within the limits below.

Output voltage settings

POWER SUPPLY PWB

1

CN5

HIGH VOLTAGE PWB

12

CN1

VR51

CN1

8

1

10

Service Manual

CONTROL PWB

CNPW1

112

8

10

CN7

CN4

1

CNPRT1

130

CN1

PRINTER PWB

Output Voltage limits Note +5V MAIN 4.947V~5.25V CN5 7pin ↔ 8pin +24V SUB 23.04V~24.96V CN5 1pin ↔ 2pin

Connector CN4 No. Pin No. CN1

111+5V 210CHLREM 3TVR 4TMONV 5TMONI 6BVR 7VREM 8 C MON 9MG

10 2 +24V

9 8 7 6 5 4 3

Connector CN5 No. Pin No. CNPW1

1 +24V SUB 2MG 3MG 4MG 5 +24V MAIN 6 +24V MAIN 7 +5V MAIN 8DG

9DG 10 DG 11 +5V MAIN 12 +5V MAIN

Connector CN1 No. Pin No. CN7

1 +24V MAIN 2MG 3DG 4DG 5 +5V MAIN 6 +5V MAIN 7 HEATER ON 8 H-RELAY OFF

[DO NOT TOUCH!]

Fig. 1

2 – 1

2. IC protectors replacement

ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the CIS unit, panel PWB unit, TX motor drive circuit and verification stamp drive circuit. ICPs protect various ICs and electronic circuits from an overcurrent condition.

The location of ICPs are shown below:

FO-DC635U

CONTROL PWB

(TOP SIDE)

1

CNSP1

2

1

CNSEN1

8

F1

CNCIS1 10 1

F2

27

F5 F100

228

CNPN1

1

CNSTP1

1214

CNTXM1

1) F1 (ICP-S0.5) F2 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the CIS unit. If F1 or F2 are open, replace it with a new one.

2) F5 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the panel PWB unit. If F5 is open, replace it with a new one.

3) F100 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the verification stamp drive circuit. If F100 is open, replace it with a new one.

4) F101 (ICP-S1.8) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the TX motor drive circuit. If F101 is open, replace it with a new one.

F102

12 1

CNPW1

CNLIU1

F101

IC3

F1/F2/F5:Top side F100/F101/F102:Bottom side

Fig.2

5) F102 (ICP-S0.7) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent generated in the LCD drive circuit. If F102 is open, replace it with a new one.

In addition to the replacement of F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 andF102 the factor causing F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 and F102 to open must also be repaired. If not, F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 and F102 will open again.

Replacement parts

ICP-S0.5 (Sharp code: VHViCPS05//-1)

ICP-S0.7 (Sharp code: VHViCPS07//-1)

CP-S1.0 (Sharp code: VHViCPS10//-1)

CP-S1.8 (Sharp code: VHViCPS18//-1)

3. Settings

3.1. Dial mode selector

OPTION SETTING: DIAL MODE (Soft Switch No. SW2 DATA No.1) Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are on.

• The factory setting is "TONE".

(step 1) Select "OPTIONAL SETTING".

KEY:

DISPLAY:

(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE".

KEY:

DISPLAY:

(step 3) Select, using "1" or "2".

KEY:

DISPLAY: TONE SELECTED KEY:

DISPLAY:

(step 4) End, using the "STOP" key.

KEY:

MENU 4

OPTIONAL SETTING MODE

2

22: DIAL MODE

1=TONE 2=PULSE

1

2

PULSE SELECTED

STOP

22: DIAL MODE

1=LINE-1 2=LINE-2

Select line using "1" or "2"

KEY:

1

DISPLAY:

DIAL MODE(LINE-1)

1=TONE

KEY:

DISPLAY:

2=PULSE

2 DIAL MODE(LINE-2)

1=TONE 2=PULSE

2 – 2

FO-DC635U

Press

, and

the

following

display will appear.

MENU

9 8

6

PCU ROM VER.:

(Diag¥specifications)

MENU

9 8 6

START

01

AREA PRINT MODE 1

START

02

CHECK PATTERN 1

START

03

CHECK PATTERN 2

START04

CHECK PATTERN 3

START05

CHECK PATTERN 4

START06

PAPER FEED AGING 1

START07

PAPER FEED AGING 2

START

08

BIAS ADJUST MODE2

START

09

LIFE SET MODE

START

Then press the

key. Select the desired item with the

key and the key or select with the rapid key. Enter the mode with the key.

START10

LIFE ALL CLEAR

START11

LIFE ENTRY MODE

PCU ROM Ver.:

START12

LIFE CLEAR MODE

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches

1. Operating procedure

Two kinds of diagnoses are supported.

1.1. Fax diagnosis

This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is used for production and service support.

Entering the diagnostic mode

1.2. Print diagnosis

This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for production and service support.

Entering the diagnostic mode

Press

MENU

9 8

display will appear.

FAX

:TF23

NIC:x.xxx

PRN:xxxx

PRN

MEMORY

GAA:ESx GAB:ESx

Then press the

SIZE=16(MB)

START

key. Select the desired item with the

and the key or select with the rapid key. Enter the mode with the (Diag

¥

specifications)

MENU

9 8 7

B PRINT AREA

C ROM & RAM CHECK

D AUTO FEEDER MODE

E AGING MODE

F PANEL CHECK MODE

G OPTICAL ADJUST MODE

H PRODUCT CHECK

I

J

K

L

M

N

O CONF. PASSCODE

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

@

*: FONT LIST PRINT MODE can be used only when the

network function is effective.

START

STARTA SOFT SWITCH MODE

START

7

,and

1stLine

nd

2

Line

rd

3

Line F/W version

th

4

Line NIC board version

th

5

Line PCL board version

th

Line

6

th

7

Line Memory size

th

8

Line GATE arrayA/B version

th

9

Line

key.

TF23

START

SIGNAL SEND MODE

COMM. CHECK MODE

MEMORY CLEAR MODE

FLASH MEMORY CHECK

ALL FAX/TEL. ENTRY MODE

DEPT. PASSCODE

SIGNAL SEND MODE 2

MEMORY SET MODE

STAMP AGING MODE

DIAL TEST MODE

COPY DIAG MODE

LCD CHECK MODE

PERSONAL BOOK LIST

FONT LIST PRINT MODE(*)

NO FUNCTION

ADMIN PASSWORD

PRINT HOLD CODE

the

following

key

Memory clear when power is turned on

Pressing the STOP keys, turn on the main power, and the following message will be displayed.

MEMORY CLEAR ? 1 = ALL , 2 = IMAGE , 3 = NO

1 = All the data will be deleted including initially registered data.

2 = Delete the image file to be used in transmission. This will delete all the data related to communication such as reserved transmission or intercepting. However, the data initially registered will not be deleted.

3 = Memory will not be cleared and the machine enters stand-by mode.

2 – 3

2. Diagnostic items description

ROM SRM DRM1 DRM2

••••

ROM SRM DRM1 DRM2

PPP E

Display during check Display after check

P=PASS E=ERROR

2.1. Fax diagnosis

2.1.1 (A) Soft switch mode

In this mode, the soft switch are set and the soft switch list is printed.

Soft switch mode screen

SOFT SWITCH MODE SW01=00000000

1234567 :DATA No.

Switch

No.

1. Switch number selection

• Press START key for setting of the next soft switch. If the soft switch number is the final, pressing START key will exit the soft switch mode.

• Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch number. If a switch number of nonexistent soft switch is entered, key error buzzer sounds to reject the input.

SOFT SWITCH MODE SW01=00000000

Cursor

1 6

2. Data number selection

The cursor position shows the data to be set.

Pressing # key or → key moves the cursor to the right. If, however, the cursor is on data number 8, pressing # key or → key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the next switch number. If the switch number is the final, pressing # key or → key will exit the soft switch mode.

Pressing key or ← key moves the cursor to the left. If, how-

ever, the cursor is on data number 1, pressing key or ← key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the former switch number. If

the switch number is 1, pressing key or ← key will not move the cursor and the error buzzer will sound.

3. Data setting method

Press the MENU key, and the data at the position of the cursor will be reversed to 0 when it is 1, or to 1 when it is 0. (If the soft switch can be changed at the bit (Refer to 6.), the error buzzer will sound with the process not received.)

4. Outputting method of soft switch list

In the soft switch mode, press the REPORT key, and the soft switch list will be output.

If the recording paper runs out or is clogged, the key error buzzer will sound with the process not received.

5. Storage of data

In the following case, the data of the soft switches set will be stored.

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing the START switch.

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch with the [#] key.

• It is shifted to set the last soft switch with the [ ] key.

• It is shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as the switch number. (When 2 digits are completely input.)

• Output of the soft switch list is started.

6. Inhibition of data change

(This is also applicable for the optional setting.)

In the following case, it is inhibited to change the data with the key error buzzer.

Data

ENTER LAST DIGIT SW1

8

SOFT SWITCH MODE SW16=00010110

FO-DC635U

• Switching ON/OFF of ECM during the use of image memory.

• OFF to ON of telephone billing function which is using the image memory is used (Note: In the existing set, the telephone billing code function is specified from OFF to ON when the timer system communication (including the batch communication) is set.) Here, the memory is usable when the telephone billing code function is on. It can be set from ON to OFF while the memory is used. However, if setting is practically changed even once, it can not be returned from OFF to ON.

• OFF to ON of department control function during use of image memory.

(Note: In the existing set, the department control function is set from OFF to ON when the timer communication (including the batch sending) or the memory hold is set.)

• ON to OFF of continuous serial polling function when the continuous serial polling is started.

(Note: In the existing set, "ON to OFF of the continuous serial polling function when the continuous serial polling is registered" has been applied, but the conditions are now moderated. However, registration is impossible to the program of the new continuous serial polling when the continuous serial polling function is OFF.)

• In addition, change of all soft switches during communication.

2.1.2 (B) Print area

According to the size of the specified sheet, the effective printing area is printed.

2.1.3 (C) ROM & RAM check

This is an item to check if the loaded memory device acts normally.

• The memory devices shown in the following table are checked.

• In case that an error occurs in the device check, the alarm buzzer shown in the table sounds.

Check device and alarm buzzer

No. Device checked Number of

1

ROM (PROGRAM FLASH)

2 SRAM <Short sounds>

3 D-RAM1 (*1) <Short sounds>

Main

4 D-RAM2 (*2) <Short sounds>

5— —

*1: Work memory (SDRAM 8MB)

*2: Page memory (SDRAM 16MB)

(Example of display) In case that DRAM2 is erroneous.

• After the check is complete, the result is outputted.

• In case that an NIC and a PCL board are mounted, the version information of the board is also printed on the result.

2 – 4

buzzer sound

<Short sound> 1 time

2 times

3 times

4 times

<Short sound>:

0.5 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF <Long sounds>:

1.0 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF

Remarks

FO-DC635U

2.1.4 (D) Auto feeder mode

By executing the document insertion and discharge, the automatic feeding function can be checked. And the document sensor can be checked as well.

1. Set the document

Before pressing the “START” key, only the document sensor check is carried out. And as the document sensor is ON, the document size (A4/B4) and the sensor information (A4/B4/ORG) are displayed.

AUTO FEEDER MODE

()

After setup of the document

AUTO FEEDER MODE

B4 (A4 B4 ORG)

Only the sensor which is activated (fallen down) is displayed.)

The paper sheet size (A4/B4) is displayed.

2. The automatic feeding starts by pressing the “START” key. This mode ends when the document ends, and the result is printed.

2.1.5 (E) Aging mode

This is a mode to execute the copying action and the check pattern printing action once every 60 minutes and continue the action until 10 sheets are outputted in total.

1. The printing action on the 1st sheet starts by pressing down the “START” key and entering the mode. When document is set at the time of the mode start-up the copy action is carried out, and when the document is not set the “check pattern 1” of the print dialog is printed.

2. The number of printouts is displayed after printing.

2.1.6 (F) Panel check mode

This is to check that each key acts normally and this is displayed on the LCD according to the key input. And during execution, the document reading lamp is ON. After inspection start, the LEDs light on sequentially. At the mode end with the “STOP” key, all of them go OFF. As to the test result, it is printed out after the mode end.

When the “NUMERIC” key is pressed during the panel check execution, sending of the DTMF signal corresponding to the key starts, and when another key is pressed sending of the DTMF signal stops.

(Softswitch change is required. SW80 No.6: 0 →1)

• After inputting all the keys, input the “STOP” key at last, and then the result is displayed.

a) In case that all the keys are pressed.

PANEL CHECK MODE ALL KEY OK !!

• Until the STOP key is pressed, all black 4-split sequential display is performed.

• After the mode end, the test result is printed.

b) In case that there is a key that is not pressed.

2.1.7 (G) Optical adjust mode

The optical system is adjusted.

• By pressing down the “START” key, the document reading lamp “100%: ON” is turned ON.

2.1.8 (H) Product check

This is a dialog used in the production process and a mode to execute a specific mode in the series of the flow. After the mode end, the rest result as to the checked items is printed.

• After moving to the mode, the following actions are sequentially executed.

1. Memory clear (Same as Diagnosis K)

2. Panel check (Same as Diagnosis F)

3. ROM & RAM test check (Same as the Diagnosis C)

4. Test result print

Memory clear printing

Panel check result printing

ROM & RAM test result printing

5. Print area (The specification of each item is the same as the specification of the simple mode.)

2.1.9 (I) Signal send mode

It can be used to check the modem. When the START key is pressed, silence signal (make loop) will be executed. The following signals are sent by pressing the START key thereafter.

[1] No signals (mark loop) [9] 9600bps (V. 29) [2] 4800bps (V27ter) [10] 7200bps (V. 29) [3] 14400bps (V. 33) [11] 4800bps (V.29ter) [4] 12000bps (V. 33) [12] 2400bps (V.29ter) [5] 14400bps (V. 17) [13] 300bps (FLAG) [6] 12000bps (V. 17) [14] 2100Hz (CED) [7] 9600bps (V. 17) [15] 1100Hz (CNG) [8] 7200bps (V. 17)

2.1.10 (J) Comm. check mode

1. Turn on the Line Monitor. (SW7 No.7, SW29 No.7)

2. Turn off the Cover Sheet Function. (SW2 No.6, SW24 No.6)

3. Set Line Equivalence at 0 km. (SW8 No.1/No.2, SW30 No.1/No.2)

4. Set the copy cut off mode (SW75 No.2) to “Continue”

5. Set the ringer volume (SW62 No.5/No. 6) to OFF.

After the check, it is necessary to be sure to return the afore mentioned soft switches into the initial state. (Clear the memory with the diagnosis.)

2.1.11 (K) Memory clear mode

Clear the back-up memory to initialize the soft switches. The Flash Memory will be initialized. Then, the initialized list be output.

1. Memory clear is executed.

2. The result that says initialized is printed.

NOTE: The life counter, and the adjustment values of the top void and the large LCD contrast are not cleared.

PANEL CHECK MODE KEY ERROR !!

• Until the STOP key is pressed, all black 4-split sequential display is performed.

• After the mode end, the test result is printed.

2 – 5

2.1.12 (L) Flash Memory check

This is a mode to check that the flash memory acts normally. The flash memories shown in the following table are checked.

No. Flash memory Number of

buzzer sound

1NQR-Flash

(Standard)

2 NAND-Flash

(Standard)

3 NAND-Flash

(Option) 4— — 5— —

• NAND-Flash (optional) is valid only when the optional memory is mounted.

1. The NOR flash memory test is executed.

NOR FLASH CHECK S -———————E

2. The concerned alarm buzzer sounds only when the error occurs.

3. The NAND flash memory test is executed.

NAND FLASH CHECK S -———————E

4. The concerned alarm buzzer sounds only when the error occurs.

5. The result is printed.

NOTE: • During operation of this diagnosis, dual operation is not

possible at all.

• If this is excessively repeated, it will shorten the life of the flash memory.

<Long sound> 1 time <Long sounds> 2 times <Long sounds> 3 times

Remarks

<Short sound>:

0.5 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF <Long sounds>:

1.0 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF

2.1.13 (M) All FAX/TEL. entry mode

This is a function to copy the FAX and TEL numbers registered in the one-touch dialing (RAPID) key [01] to the all one-touch dialing (RAPID) key and the all abbreviated number (SPEED DIAL) to simplify the FAX and TEL number registration at the time of aging. (Only the EMAIL can be used for the network models.)

1. Copy the FAX/TEL number or the E-MAIL stored in the RAPID key [01] to all RAPID keys.

2. Copy the FAX/TEL number or the E-MAIL stored in the RAPID key [01] to all SPEED DIAL numbers.

3. If the chain dial is not set for the RAPID key, or RAPID key [01] stores the E-MAIL, the RAPID keys [02] – [59] and all SPEED DIAL numbers are stored in the group number [01].

4. Enter all registered one-touch send (RAPID) keys and speed dial numbers (SPEED DIAL) on the personal books [01] - [10]. Following this, set the password registration and the password setting to ON, and set the TTI setting to OFF.

The call-receiver names and book names are specified as follows:

Rapid R XX XX : Rapid key send SPEED DIAL S XXX XXX : Speed dial number Personal book BOOK XX XX : Book number

FO-DC635U

NOTE: Before entering this mode, a FAX/TEL number or an E-MAIL

must be stored in the RAPID key [01]. (This program will not be executed if there is no data stored, or otherwise a program or a group is registered.)

2.1.14 (N) Dept. passcode

The department passcode list is printed.

2.1.15 (O) Conf. passcode

The confidential passcode list is printed. Differing from printing of one box alone soon after registration, the confidential passcodes of all boxes are printed.

2.1.16 (P) Signal send mode 2

The signals concerned with V.34 & V.8 are checked. It can be used to check the modem. When the START key is pressed, silence signal (make loop) will be executed. The following signals are sent by pressing the START key thereafter.

[1] No signals (mark loop) [10] 14400BPS (V. 34) [2] 33600BPS (V. 34) [11] 12000BPS (V. 34) [3] 31200BPS (V. 34) [12] 9600BPS (V. 34) [4] 28800BPS (V. 34) [13] 7200BPS (V. 34) [5] 26400BPS (V. 34) [14] 4800BPS (V. 34) [6] 24000BPS (V. 34) [15] 2400BPS (V. 34) [7] 21600BPS (V. 34) [16] 0 - 300BPS (V. 34) [8] 19200BPS (V. 34) [17] ANSam [9] 16800BPS (V. 34)

2.1.17 (Q) Memory set mode

The set and dump list of the memory content is output.

MEMORY SET MODE AD = 00000000

Cursor

• The address (8 digits (P) generally including the bank information is input, and the data of 2 digits is continuously input. Inputting is done in the hexadecimal mode. The ten-key is used for 0 through 9, and the alphabetic keys A (RAPID 01 through 06) are used for A through F.

MEMORY SET MODE AD = A02800F6 DATA = 0B

• During data inputting, the address can be moved forward and back-

ward one byte by one byte with " " and "#". (The address prior to the address 0 is looped as the maximum address.)

• The Validity of the address is not checked. Accordingly, writing/ reading operations are possible in the address of the memory not assigned, the address of ROM and so on. (However, as practical, writing is not done, and the data content runs short each reading.) Though writing is possible in the flash memory, a little time is required. It is also necessary to take care that the life of the flash memory is excessively shortened if much data is written in the flash memory. Since it may run away depending the written content, take minute care for the writing address.

(The letters after 16th letter of the call-receiver’s name registered in the one-touch dialing [01] are cut off.)

2 – 6

FO-DC635U

U:LCD CHECK MODE 1=CONT.ADJ 2=TEST DISP

CONTRAST=-9 TEMP=+25

A

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

• When the REPORT key is input, the memory dump list is produced from the displayed address (here, it is limited at the 16-byte boundary address (address with end 0) which does not exceed the specified address and is just in front.). The dump list is output to a maximum of 99 pages. If any data of one page can be repeatedly developed and printed, the list is sufficient. But it is not desired that the content of plural pages are developed in the memory once and are then printed. If the STOP key is pressed, it will pass to the diagnosis after the page which is now being printed is completed printed. If the address exceeds the maximum address, it will return to the address 0 and printing will be continued.

2.1.18 (R) Stamp aging mode

This is a mode to execute the continuous drive aging of the Verification stamp.

1. Set the document and press down the “START” key and the continuous drive of the Verification stamp starts.

2. Send the document at the interval of 10 mm and stamp the Verification stamp continuously. The total number of times of Verification stamp printing after entering this mode is displayed on the display.

• Displayed screen during execution.

STAMP AGING TIMES = 13 PAGES = 1

2.1.21 (U) LCD check mode

This is an item to check that the LCD acts normally.

1. The screen for selecting the contrast adjustment mode and the “H” display mode appears.

2. Select the mode using the “←” or “→” keys or otherwise dial keys “1” or “2”.

[When the contrast adjustment mode is selected]

3. Adjust with the “←” or “→” keys so that both right and left halves of the “A” can be recognized.

Print total number of times

3. By pressing down the “STOP” key during the action, or when no more document is left, the continuous drive of the Verification stamp stops.

NOTE: • In case that the document is not set, this cannot be exe-

cuted.

• The normal action aging that one Verification stamp is pressed on one sheet of document is executed in the normal copying.

2.1.19 (S) Dial test mode

The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds of dial modes. All data which can be dialed in this mode are automatically called up in both PB mode and DP mode.

[In case that 2 line optional is not mounted.]

1. Turn on CML, and dial the following in the PB mode.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, , 0, #

2. Dial the following in the DP mode.

1, 5, 9, 0

3. After dialing, turn off CML.

NOTE: This mode uses the ordinary auto dial. (Accordingly, the signal sending time and minimum pause are all the same as ordinary. The measurement result in this mode is completely all the same as in the ordinary dial mode.)

2.1.20 (T) Copy diag mode

This mode is for automatic mode selection of copy to reduce the time for treatment at the time of production.

1. Set 2 sheets of document. (No problem if there are 2 sheets or more.)

2. 3 sheet continuous copy:

1st sheet in the FINE AUTO

2nd sheet and after that are copied in the H-TONE DARK.

NOTE: Input of the image quality and the darkness keys is invalid in this mode.

Page number

[When the “H” display mode is selected]

4. Turn on the backlight so that the whole screen shows “H“. (26 letters x 9 lines)

2.1.22 (V) Personal book list

The PASSCODE of the personal book 00 to 10 are output.

2.1.23 (W) Font list print mode [Only when network func-

tion is mounted]

The font list that can be used in the network function is printed.

2.1.24 (X) No function

2.1.25 (Y) No function

2.1.26 (Z) ADMIN PASSWORD

Print the admin password.

2.1.27 (@)Print hold code

Print the pass code of PRINT HOLD.

2 – 7

2.2. Print diagnosis

2.2.1 Rapid key 01: Area print mode 1

The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

The data pattern used here are as follows and 1 data 30 mm is printed.

1. [Full black pattern]

2. [Intermediate tone 2 pattern]

The left pattern is repeated.

3. [Intermediate tone 1 pattern]

The left pattern is repeated.

4. [Mesh point pattern]

The left pattern is repeated.

FO-DC635U

2.2.2 Rapid key 02: Check pattern 1

The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on one sheet.

(Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.)

2.2.3 Rapid key 03: Check pattern 2

The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on multiple pages.

Press the STOP key to end the printing.

2.2.4 Rapid key 04: Check pattern 3

The intermediate tone 1 is printed on one sheet.

2.2.5 Rapid key 05: Check pattern 4

In this mode, 1 sheet is printed as to the square frame pattern for the skew measurement.

2.2.6 Rapid key 06: Paper feed aging 1

The mode is used for aging related to the printing. In this mode, the following modes are provided.

1. Blank paper aging mode (ALL WHITE AGING)

2. Whole black print aging mode (ALL BLACK AGING)

3. 5% printing aging mode (5% AGING)

4. 4% printing aging mode (4% AGING)

5. Outer frame check pattern

6. 4% check pattern

After selecting the paper-pass aging mode in the print diagnosis mode, input the number of each mode above with the ten-key, and the mode will be executed. The detailed specifications of each mode are described as follows. Here, the operation in each mode is stopped only when the STOP key is pressed by the operator or a printingimpossible error occurs.

• Blank paper aging mode

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole white (white paper) printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator. (In the printing area)

• Whole black printing aging mode

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole black (whole black) printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator. (In the printing area)

• 5% aging mode

In this mode, the 5% print pattern is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator.

• Outer frame pattern aging mode

In this mode, the outer frame check pattern is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator. For the outer frame, only the frame showing the printing area is printed.

• 4% chart aging mode

In this mode, the 4% chart is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator.

5. [Longitudinal strip 2 pattern]

Black 2 dot and white 2 dot are repeated in line.

6. [Lateral strip 2 pattern]

Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.

7. [Longitudinal strip 1 pattern]

Black 1 dot and white 1 dot are repeated in line.

8. [Full White pattern]

2 – 8

FO-DC635U

2.2.7 Rapid key 07: Paper feed aging 2

This is a mode that is used for aging related to printing, and there are following modes. And also as to the print interval 5 sec. – 12 hour can be set.

1. Print pattern

i) Blank paper

ii) All black

iii) 5% print pattern

iv) 4% print pattern

v) Outer frame check pattern

vi) 4% chart pattern

2. Print interval (Time between finishing and starting the printing.)

Settable range: 1 – 300 seconds

3. Number of print repetitions (Number of repetitions.)

Settable range: 125 – 1250 times

4. Number of printouts (Number of serial printings at a time.)

Settable range: 1 – 10 sheets

To execute, enter the above items with the ten keys after selecting the mode. Refer to “Paper feed aging 1” for the details of print patterns. In any of the mode, the operation will be interrupted only when the “STOP” key is pressed by the operator, or an error which makes printing impossible occurs.

2.2.8 Rapid key 08: Bias adjust mode

The mode is used to adjust the printing density of the printed image. The image printing density is adjustable in seven steps of 1 to 7. For details, refer to the following table. (For selection, use the keys 1 through 7.)

Image printing density Thin ← → Thick

1234567

Default value {

3. After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and

" " keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.

4. "STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory. For checking, retry this mode.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

2.2.10 Rapid key 10: Life all clear

The mode is used to clear the life counter of the printer of the counter of the auto feeder.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

2.2.11 Rapid key 11: Life entry mode

(For Serviceman temporary counter)

The mode is used to set a desired value for the judgment value (alarm judgment counter value) of the general purpose life counters 1 through 3 of the printer. If the life of a consumable part (developer, imprinter, etc) is set, the model which has the error display and RMS function will inform RMS when the counter reaches the set value. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1. When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be displayed.

2.2.9 Rapid key 09: Life set mode

The mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder at desired values. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1. When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be is displayed.

MACH I N E

DRUM

#key

FEEDER L I FE=

FEEDER L I FE= 001230

The cursor blinks at the top data.

Five counters can be selected with the “#” and " " keys.

2. In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the ten-key.

LIFE

L

IFE1

LIFE2

LIFE3

= 0123

0

001230

=

001230

=

001230

=

001230

=

001230

0

key

#key

LI FE1= 0000

LI FE2= 0000

LI FE3= 0000

0

key

The cursor blinks at the top data.

Three counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.

2. In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the ten-key.

3. After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and

" " keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.

4. "STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory. For checking, retry this mode.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

2 – 9

2.2.12 Rapid key 12: Life clear mode

The mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1. When the life counter clearing mode is selected, the following will be is displayed.

MACH I N E

DRUM

L

#key

LIFE2

LIFE

IFE1

C

LEAR

C

LEAR

C

LEAR

C

key

FO-DC635U

2. In the state 1, input the DEL key, and the counter will be respectively cleared.

3. “CLEARED” is displayed and clearing is complete. After ending one

clear, move to another counter to clear with the "#" key, " " key, if necessary. After clearing the necessary counter press down the “STOP” key.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

LIFE3

FEEDER L I FE LEAR

TONER L I FE L EAR

LEAR

C

Seven counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.

3. How to make soft switch setting

To enter the soft switch mode, make the following key entries in sequence.

Press

SFTSW1=00000000

SFTSW1=10000000

MENU

9 8 7 STARTASTART

Press MENU key.

Press key.

Bit1 - 8 are set.

• SW1 to SW22: For Line-1

• SW23 to SW44: For Line-2

SFTSW2=00000000

SFTSW99=00000000

The soft switch mode is terminated.

2 – 10

Press key during setting.

START

Soft SW2 - 99 are set.

To finish the settings halfway between SW1 and SW99, press the STOP key. In this case, the setting being done to the SW No. on display will be nullified while settings done to the preceding SW No. remain in effect.

FO-DC635U

4. Soft switch description

4.1. Soft switch

• Soft switch (U: For U.S.A./C: For Canada)

SW NO.

SW1

SW2

SW3

DATA

NO.

Recall interval 0

1 2 3 4

Recall times 0

5 6 7 8

1 Dial mode Pulse Tone 0 OPTION 2 Receive mode AUTO MANUAL 1 3 ECM mode Off On 0 OPTION 4Reserved 0 5 Polling security On Off 1 OPTION 6 Auto cover sheet No Yes 1 OPTION 7 JUNK-FAX function in man-

ual reception

8 JUNK-FAX function Yes No 0 OPTION

Number of rings for auto-

1

receive (0: No ring receive)

2 3 4

Switch to auto-receive from

5

manual receive (0: No

6

switch)

7 8

ITEM

Switch setting and function Initial

10

Binary input 8421

No.=1234(DataNo.) EX 0101

eg. Recall interval is set to 5 min.

Binary input 8421

No.=5678(DataNo.) EX 0010

eg. Recall times is set to 2 times.

Yes N o 0

Binary input 8421

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) EX 0001 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time.

Binary input 8421

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) EX 0000 eg. Switch to auto receive is set to disable.

setting

Remarks

OPTION

Set to 1~15

1 0 1

OPTION

Set to 0~14

0 1 0

0OPTION 0 0 1

0 0 0 0

Set to 0~9

OPTION

Set to 0~9

SW4

Communication results printout

1 2 3

4 Image addition function to

the communication result table (for memory transmis-

sion only) 5Reserved 0 6 TEL billing code function On Off 0 OPTION 7 Billing code position Before After 1 OPTION 8 Multi-TTI feature On Off 0 OPTION

Printed at error only 0 0 1 Printed at error/timer/ memory only 0 0 0 Printed at transmission mode only 0 1 0 Not printed 1 0 0 Printed every time 1 1 0 On Off 1 OPTION

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

OPTION

0 0 1

2 – 11

SW

NO.

SW5

SW6

SW7

SW8

DATA

NO.

1 Time display format 24 hours 12 hours-AM/PM 0 2 Date display format Month-Day-Year Day-Month-Year 1 3 Header print Off On 0 4 Footer print On Off 0 5 DIS receive acknowledge

during G3 transmission 1 6 Substitute reception Off On 0 7 Substitute reception condi-

tions 8 CSI transmission Off On 0 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image

Group 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image

Group) option 3 MMR On Off 1 4MR On Off 1

Modem speed V.33 V.17 V.29 V.27 ter

5 6 7 8

Reception speed fixed NO V. 17-

1 2

3 DIS receive acknowledge

during G3 transmission

4 Non modulated carrier for

V.29 transmission mode 5 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1 6 Protocol monitor On Off 0 7 Line monitor On Off 0 8Reserved 0

Compromised equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km

1 2

3 H2 mode No Yes 0

Signal transmission level 0

4 5 6 7 8

ITEM

Follows the setting of SW7 No.3. Once 0

Reception disable without TSI Reception enable without TSI 0

On Off 1

On Off 0

14400 12000 14400 12000 9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400

0011110000 1100000000 0101010110 0000111100

No. 1 0 1 0 1 No. 2 0 1 1 0 Twice Once in NSF reception, twice in

On Off 0

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

Binary input 168421

Switch setting and function Initial

10

14400bps

DIS reception

No.= 45678(DataNo.) EX 01101 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -13dBm.

V. 29-

9600bps

V. 27ter4800bps

setting

FO-DC635U

Remarks

1 0 0 0

When

14400bps

MODEM used,

setting to

14400bps is

0 0

0 Effective to

0 0

1 1 0 1

ignored.

international

comm.

Valid when

transmitting

SW9

12CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms 0

No.1 0 0 1 1

No.2 0 1 0 1 3 Equalizer freeze control On Off 0 4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0 5 CED detection time 500ms 1000ms 0

Alarm buzzer 3sec 1sec No BEEP No BEEP

6 7

8 Action when RTN received Handle to no error Handle to error 0

No. 6 0 0 1 1 No. 7 0 1 0 1

2 – 12

0

OPTION

0 0

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW10

NO.

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

ITEM

Memory retransmission times

Memory retransmission interval

Switch setting and function Initial

10

Binary input 8421

No.=1234(DataNo.)

EX 1010

eg. Retransmission time set to 10 times.

Binary input 8 4 2 1

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.)

EX 0010

setting

Remarks

1 0 1 0

0 0 1 0

OPTION

SW11

SW12

V.34 mode transmission

1

speed

2 3 4

V.34 mode receiving speed 1

5 6 7 8

1 V.34 mode function in case

of manual communication 2 V.34 mode function On Off 1 3 V.34 control channel com-

munication speed

EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec

4 5

Processing of DIS reception

after DIS transmission

6 7 8 The change to DB from DP byYes N o 0

On Off 1

2400bps 1200bps 0

Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) Example : 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14.

Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) Example : 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14.

No. 4 0 0 1 1 No. 5 0 1 0 1

Command retransmit-

ting No. 6 0 0 1 1 No. 7 0 1 0 1

A line is cut Apply to

T. 30

T.30+a

1 1 1 0

1 1 0

0 0

SW13

SW14

DTMF output level (High) 0

1 2 3 4 5

6Reserved 0 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0

DTMF output level (Low)

1 2 3 4 5

6Reserved 0 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0

Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm

EX 01100

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -6dBm.

Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm EX 10000

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -8dBm.

2 – 13

1 1 0 0

1 0 0 0 0

SW

NO.

SW15

SW16

SW17

SW18

SW19

SW20

SW21

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Cl Signal OFF detect enable time

5 6 7 8

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Distinctive ringing No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

5 6 7 8

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0

Busy tone detection frequency

4 5 6

7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

(ms) 200 300 350 400 500 700 1200 No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

OFF 0 0 0 0 STD 0 0 0 1 RING1 1 0 0 0 RING2 0 1 0 0 RING3 1 1 0 0 RING4 0 0 1 0 RING5 1 0 1 0

520~640Hz 0 0 0 300~600Hz 0 0 1 380~500Hz 0 1 1 Reserve 1 0 0

Switch setting and function

10

No. 4 No. 5 No. 6

Initial

setting

0 1 0 1

0 0 0 0

0 0 0

FO-DC635U

Remarks

2 – 14

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW22

SW23

SW24

SW25

NO.

1 2 3

4Reserved 0 5Reserved 1 6Reserved 0 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0 1Reserved 0 2Reserved 1 3Reserved 0 4Reserved 1 5Reserved 0 6Reserved 0 7Reserved 1 8Reserved 0 1 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0 OPTION 2 Receive mode for line-2 AUTO MANUAL 1 3Reserved 0 4Reserved 0 5Reserved 1 6Reserved 1 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0 1 2

3 4

ITEM

Service condition for line-1 Line-1 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

TX/RX (AUTO) 0 0 0 TX/RX (MANU) 0 0 1 RX only (AUTO) 0 1 0 RX only (MANU) 0 1 1 Other Setting Default Setting

Number of rings for autoreceive (0: No ring receive)

Binary input 8421

Switch setting and function

10

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) EX 0001 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time.

Initial

setting

0 0 0

0 0 0 1

Remarks

OPTION

Set to 0~9

SW26

SW27

5Reserved 0 6Reserved 0 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0 1Reserved 0 2Reserved 0 3Reserved 1 4Reserved 1 5Reserved 0 6Reserved 0 7Reserved 1 8Reserved 1Reserved 0 2Reserved 1 3Reserved 0 4Reserved 0 5 DIS receive acknowledge

during G3 transmission 1 6Reserved 0 7Reserved 0 8Reserved 0

Follows the setting of SW29 No.3. Once 0

0

2 – 15

SW NO.

SW28

DATA

NO.

JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image

1

Group)

2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image

Group) option

3 MMR On Off 1 4MR On Off 1

Modem speed V.33 V.17 V. 29 V. 27ter

ITEM

On Off 1

On Off 0

14400 120001440012000 9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400

Switch setting and function Initial

10

setting

FO-DC635U

Remarks

SW29

SW30

SW31

SW32

5 6 7 8

Reception speed fixed NO V. 17-

1 2 3 DIS receive acknowledge

during G3 transmission 2

4 Non-modulated carrier in

V.29 transmission mode

5 CNG send when manual TXOn Off 1

6 Protocol monitor On Off 0 7 Line monitor On Off 0 8 Reserved 0

Compromised equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km

1 2 3H2 mode No Yes 0

Signal transmission level

4 5 6 7 8

CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms

1 2 3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0 4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0

5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0

0 0111100 00 1 1000000 00 0 1010101 10 0 0001111 00

V. 29-

14400bps

No. 1 0 1 0 1 No. 2 0 1 1 0

Twice Once in NSF reception, twice in

DIS reception

On Off 0

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

Binary input 168421

No.= 45678(DataNo.)

EX 01101

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -13dBm.

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

9600bps

V. 27ter4800bps

1 0 0 0

0 0 0 Effective to

0 0

0 1 1 0 1

0 0

When

14400bps

MODEM used,

setting to

14400bps is

ignored.

international

comm.

Valid when

transmitting

2 – 16

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW33

SW34

NO.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 Reserved 1 2 V.34 mode function On Off 1 3 V.34 control channel com-

4 5

4 5 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

V.34 mode transmission

speed

Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) Example : 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14.

V.34 mode receiving speed 1

Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) Example : 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14.

2400bps 1200bps 0

munication speed

EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec

No. 4 0 0 1 1 No. 5 0 1 0 1

Processing of DIS recep-

tion after DIS transmission

No. 6 0 0 1 1 No. 7 0 1 0 1

DTMF output level (High)

Switch setting and function Initial

10

Command

retransmit-

ting

A line is cut Apply to

T. 30

T.30+a

setting

Remarks

1 1 1 0

1 1 0

0 0

SW35

SW36

SW37

1 2 3 4 5 6 Reserved 0

7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF output level (Low) 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm

EX 01100

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -6dBm.

Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm

EX 10000

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -8dBm.

0 1 1 0 0

0 0 0 0

2 – 17

SW NO.

SW38

SW39

SW40

SW41

SW42

SW43

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Distinctive ringing No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

5 6 7 8 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0

3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF detection time 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms

1 2 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0

Busy tone detection fre-

quency

4 5 6 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

OFF 0 0 0 0

STD 0 0 0 1 RING1 1 0 0 0 RING2 0 1 0 0 RING3 1 1 0 0 RING4 0 0 1 0 RING5 1 0 1 0

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

520~640Hz 0 0 0 300~600Hz 0 0 1 380~500Hz 0 1 0

Reserve 0 1 1 Reserve 1 0 0

Switch setting and function Initial

10

No. 4 No. 5 No. 6

setting

0 0 0 0

0 0

0 0 0

FO-DC635U

Remarks

2 – 18

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW44

SW45

SW46

SW47

SW48

SW49

SW50

NO.

1 2 3

4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Service condition for line-2 Line-2 No.1 No.2 No.3

TX/RX (AUTO) 0 0 0

TX only 0 0 1

RX only (AUTO) 0 1 0

Other Setting Default Setting

Switch setting and function Initial

10

setting

0 0 0 0

Remarks

2 – 19

SW

NO.

SW51

SW52

SW53

SW54

SW55

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Duplex scan (Black line detection when reading for transmission)

1 2 3 4

Duplex scan (Black page detection when reading for transmission)

5 6 7 8

ITEM

Continuous Black Line Count

10000 20001 30010 40011 50100 60101 70110

Not used Other

Black Line Percent

Not found 0 0 0 0

1.0% 0 0 0 1

1.5% 0 0 1 0

2.0% 0 0 1 1

2.5% 0 1 0 0

3.0% 0 1 0 1

3.5% 0 1 1 0

4.0% 0 1 1 1 Black Line Percent

4.5% 1 0 0 0

5.0% 1 0 0 1

5.5% 1 0 1 0

6.0% 1 0 1 1

7.0% 1 1 0 0

8.0% 1 1 0 1

9.0% 1 1 1 0

10.0% 1 1 1 1

Switch setting and function

10

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4

No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

Initial

setting

0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1

FO-DC635U

Remarks

2 – 20

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW56

SW57

SW58

SW59

SW60

NO.

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Admin transfer of DESK-

8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Duplex scan (Black line detection when reading for copies)

Duplex scan (Black page detection when reading for copies)

TOP-SCAN

Switch setting and function

10

Continuous Black Line Count

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 10000 20001 30010 40011 50100 60101 70110

Not used Other

Black Line Percent

No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

Not found 0 0 0 0

1.0% 0 0 0 1

1.5% 0 0 1 0

2.0% 0 0 1 1

2.5% 0 1 0 0

3.0% 0 1 0 1

3.5% 0 1 1 0

4.0% 0 1 1 1 Black Line Percent

No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

4.5% 1 0 0 0

5.0% 1 0 0 1

5.5% 1 0 1 0

6.0% 1 0 1 1

7.0% 1 1 0 0

8.0% 1 1 0 1

9.0% 1 1 1 0

10.0% 1 1 1 1

Transfer Not transfer 0

Initial

setting

Remarks

0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1

0

2 – 21

SW

NO.

SW61

SW62

SW63

SW64

SW65

FO-DC635U

DATA

NO.

1 F.A.S.T. (RMS) mode On Off 0 2 F.A.S.T. line Line 2 Line 1 0 3 Verification stamp Yes No 0 OPTION

4 Day light saving No Yes 1 OPTION

Key buzzer volume Off High Low Low

5 6 7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

Speaker volume High High Middle Low

1 2 3 Reserved 1

4 Reserved 0

Ringer volume Off High Middle Low

5 6 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Backlight setting Always Off 3 min. 10 min. 15 min.

1 2

3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Header registration On Off 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Continuous serial polling On Off 0

Time interval for continuous serial polling

4 5 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0

8 Quick on line function Yes No 1 OPTION

Cassette selection Manual Auto-1 Auto-2 Auto-1

1 2

The tray priority cassette No. 3 No. 4 No. 5

3 4 5

The 1st priority cassette No. 4 No. 5 No. 6

6 7 8

ITEM

No. 5 0 0 1 1 No. 6 0 1 0 1

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

No. 5 0 0 1 1 No. 6 0 1 0 1

No. 4 0 0 1 1 No. 5 0 1 0 1

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

None 0 0 0 Tray 0 0 1 1st Cass. 0 1 0 2nd Cass. 0 1 1 Tray Other Combination

None 0 0 0 Tray 0 0 1 1st Cass. 0 1 1 2nd Cass. 1 0 0 Tray Other Combination

Switch setting and function

10

0 min. 30 min. 60 min. 120 min.

Initial

setting

1 0

1 1

0 1

0 0

0 1

0 1 0

0 1 1

Remarks

Invalid if not

mounted

OPTION

When SW64 -

No.3 is on, option setting can be set up

OPTION

It is effective

only when

No.31-1/2 are

set up of man-

OPTION

It is effective

only when

No.31-1/2 are

set up of man-

ual

2 – 22

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW66

SW67

NO.

1 2 3

4 5

6 Reserved 0 7 Maximum size of input doc-

8 Print hold function On Off 0 OPTION

1 2

3 4 5

ITEM

The 2nd priority cassette No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

None 0 0 0

Tray 0 0 1

1st Cass. 0 1 0

N/A 0 1 1

Tray Other Combination

Cassette selection of separate page

ument

Power save mode OFF ON

Density adjustment of print bias

No. 4 0 0 1 1 No. 5 0 1 0 1

38 inch 19 inch 1

No. 1 0 0 No. 2 0 1

Binary input 4 2 1

Switch setting and function

10

None Tray 1st Cass. 2nd Cass.

No. = 3 4 5 (Data No.) 1: faint 6: deep EX 100

eg. Bias is set to level 4.

Initial

setting

0 1 1

0 1

0 0

1 0 0

Remarks

OPTION

It is effective

only when

No.31-1/2 are

set up of man-

ual

OPTION

set to 1~7, set

to 0, is equal to

4(100)

SW68

SW69

SW70

SW71

Drum life detection No Detec-

6 7 8 Reserved 0

Distinctive ring pattern U.S.A. Canada Australia Hong Kong U C

1 2

3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

The default resolution for copying

1 2 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1

5 Reserved 0

Picture quality priority mode Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine

6 7 8 Reserved 0

No. 6 0 0 1 1 No. 7 0 1 0 1

No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 1

No. 1 0 0 1 1 No. 2 0 1 0 1

No. 6 0 0 1 1 No. 7 0 1 0 1

tion

Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine

Over only Near and

Over

Near and

Over

1 1

OPTION

0 1

OPTION

0 0

2 – 23

SW

NO.

SW72

SW73

SW74

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0

Data reduction (Except notation: Setting prohibition)

6 7 8

Automatic printing of activ-

1

ity report

2 Print out of total time and

total number of pages on

activity report 3 Reserved 0 4 Department function On Off 0

Department ID digit 0

5 6 7 8

ITEM

No. 6 0 1 No. 7 0 0 No. 8 0 0

Yes (When memory full) No (First data is cleared when

Off On 0

Binary input 8421

Switch setting and function

10

AUTO 100% Set up to 100% except the

notation

memory full)

No.=5678(DataNo.)

EX 0100

eg. Department ID is set to 4 digits.

FO-DC635U

Initial

setting

0 0 0 0OPTION

1 0 0

Remarks

The number in () is applicable

for the footer

print on. Auto

is equivalent to

100%.

OPTION

set to 3~9

SW75

SW76

1 Copy protect switch On Off 0 2 Cut-off mode (when copy

mode) 3 Scanning ratio in memory

input

4 Overseas communication

mode selection function 5 Reserved 0

Reduce ratio when copy

mode (Except notation: 6

Setting prohibition) 7

8 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0

Density adjustment (when

Fine/STD mode)

3 4

Density adjustment (when

Half-tone mode)

5 6 7 MTF correction in half-tone

mode 8 MTF intensity in half-tone

mode

Continue Cut-off 0 OPTION

1: 1 Reduce 0 OPTION

Yes N o 0

AUTO 100% Set up to 100% except the No. 6 0 1 No. 7 0 0 No. 8 0 0

Normal Faint Deep Deep (when

No. 3 0 0 1 1 No. 4 0 1 0 1

Normal Faint Deep Deep (when

No. 5 0 0 1 1 No. 6 0 1 0 1

On Off 1

Strong Weak 0

notation

Dark mode)

Memory scan-

ning

OPTION

1 0 0

0 0

2 – 24

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW77

SW78

SW79

NO.

1 Cassette define LTR/A4:

2 Cassette define LTR/A4:

3 Cassette define LTR/A4:

4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Metric based resolution Metric based resolution prefer red Don’t care 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Secure billing code Yes No 0 2 Pause with SHIFT key Yes No 0 Only when

3 Reserved 0 4

5 6 7 8

ITEM

Tray

1st

2nd

Z key pause time (250ms unit)

Switch setting and function

10

A4 LTR 0

A4 LTR 0 When W cas-

A4 LTR 0 Ignore when W

Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.)

EX 00000 eg. Pause time 250ms. Time = (n+1) x 250ms

Initial

setting

0 0 0 0 0

Remarks

sette

cassette

special billing

code is given.

Only when the

special billing

code is given.

The ordinary pause is not

affected.

SW80

SW81

SW82

1 Separate feature On Off 0 OPTION 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Addition of header (Sender

information)

6 DTMF sending by the panel

test 7 Power save mode Real time Timer 1 8 Ring control for line-2 On Off 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

On Off 1

On Off 0

1

2 – 25

SW

NO.

SW83

SW84

SW85

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Waiting time of duplex scan 0

5 6 7 8

ITEM

Binary input 8421

Switch setting and function

10

No.=5678(xxxx + 1) minutes EX 00001minute

00103minutes 1111Withoutalimitation

Initial

setting

0 0 0

FO-DC635U

Remarks

SW86

SW87

SW88

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Network scan (Files are

split when transferring

TIFF/PDF files) 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Inbound print setting Print at transfer error Always prints 0 7 Adobe URL is put on a mail

for network scan 8 Content of status message

mail

File name (Unique identi1

fier) 2 File name (Session page

counter) 3 File name (Date & Time) On Off 1 4 File name (Profile name) On Off 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Default file format TIFF PDF

1 2

3 4

The default resolution for

Network Scanning

5 6 7 Reserved 0

8 Reserved 0

1 file/page 1 file/all pages 0

No Yes 0

Scan and print count Print count only 1

On Off 0

No. 1 0 0 No. 2 0 1

G3-1dD G3-1d UNCOM-

PRESSED No. 3 1 0 0 No. 4 0 1 0

Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine No. 5 0 0 1 1 No. 6 0 1 0 1

0 0

1 0

0 1

2 – 26

FO-DC635U

SW

DATA

NO.

SW89

SW90

SW91

SW92

SW93

SW94

SW95

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

1

2 Network scan (Compatibil-

3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Show receiver’s name Yes (Show) No (Hide) 1 5 Pulse rate 40/60 33/67 0 6 LDAP server setting Disable Enable 0 7 User authentication func-

8 Items for user authentica-

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 The LDAP bind of the user

6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Method of detecting CI frequency

ity with IDM Viewer for TIFF files)

tion

authentication in a setting of Anonymous

Switch setting and function

10

Firmware Modem 1

G3 (1d) fax G3 (1d) Modified Huffman 0

Enable Disable 0

Login Name/Password Login Name/Password/E-mail

Address

Anonymous Simple 0

Initial

setting

Remarks

0

2 – 27

SW

NO.

SW96

SW97

SW98

SW99

DATA

NO.

Network print: Auto con-

1

tinue

2 3

4 Network print: Default

paper size 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Val ue 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0

On/off off on on on on on on on

Time 0s 10s 20s 30s 60s 90s 120s

A4 LETTER 0

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

0 0

FO-DC635U

Remarks

2 – 28

FO-DC635U

4.2. Soft switch function description

SW1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval

Choice is made for a recall interval for speed and rapid dial numbers. Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be assumed.

SW1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall times

Choice is made as to how many recall times should be made. Use a binary number to program this.

SW2 No. 1 Dial mode

Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.

0: TONE DIAL

1: PULSE DIAL

SW2 No. 2 Receive mode

Auto/manual receiving mode is set.

SW2 No. 3 ECM mode

Used to determine ECM mode function.

SW2 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW2 No. 5 Polling security

This switch is employed to enable or disable the polling operation using the ID code verification function, in order to prevent unauthorized polling operation.

SW2 No. 6 Auto cover sheet

When "1" (=YES) is selected, the cover sheet is automatically sent after transmission of the original to notify the receiver of the number of original sheets transmitted.

SW2 No. 7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception

It is set whether JUNK-FAX is functioned in the manual receiving mode or not.

SW2 No. 8 JUNK-FAX function

This function is used to receive data from a specific remote machine (station registered in entry mode). It is the function that refused a reception in the case that TSI of remote machine matched with fax number of the station registered.

0: No

1: Yes

SW3 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive (0: No ring receive)

When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.

SW3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive (0: No switch)

This setting allows machine to switch from manual to Auto Receive mode. Setting this number to 0 forces machine to stay in Manual receive mode. Entering the binary number 0 forces the machine to remain in the manual answer mode. If a number between 1 and 9 is entered, the machine will go into the answer mode after the given number of rings. However, it can be used as an ordinary telephone if the handset is taken off the hook before this programmed number is finished. If entry of a number above 9 by accident, it will be set to 9. In this case, it must be corrected to the proper number.

SW4 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Communication results printout

It is possible to obtain communication results after each transaction. Normally, the switch is set (No. 1: 0, No. 2: 0, No. 3: 1) so that the communication result is produced only a communication error is encountered. If No. 1 was set to 1, No. 2 was set to 1 and No. 3 was set to 0, the communication result will be produced every time a communication is done, even if the communication was successful.

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 1 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result will be produced every transmission.

Setting No. 1 to 1 No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0 will disable this function. No transaction report will be printed.

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result is produced only after a timer and memory transmission or when a communication error is encountered.

SW4 No. 4 Image addition function to the communication result table (for memory transmission only)

Used to set addition of sending image to the communication result table.

SW4 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW4 No. 6 TEL billing code function

When set to "1", the TEL billing code function is enabled.

SW4 No. 7 Billing code position

When set to "1", the billing code is delivered before dialing the remote number. When set to "0", the billing code is delivered after dialing.

SW4 No. 8 Multi-TTI feature

When this switch is set to "1", Multi TTI function is enabled.

SW5 No. 1 Time display format

When this switch is set to "0", time is displayed in 12-hour system.

When set to "1", 24-hour system.

SW5 No. 2 Date display format

Used to select date display/print formats.

0: DAY-Month-Year

1: Month-DAY-Year

SW5 No. 3 Header print

When it is set at 0, sender’s name, sending page number and so on are automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side during transmission. Thus, the sender can be known on the receiving side.

0: Applied

1: Not applied

SW5 No. 4 Footer print

When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and the page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception.

SW5 No. 5 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission 1

When set to “0”, the unit proceeds to the next procedure after DIS(NSF) is received once during transmission. If set to “1”, it follows the setting of SW7 No.3.

SW5 No. 6 Substitute reception

Selection of substitute reception in the case of recording paper exhausted or paper jam. If set to "NO", auto receive is disabled even when the receive memory is ready to receive.

Substitute reception is not performed even during receive operation.

2 – 29

SW5 No. 7 Substitute reception conditions

Selection of substitute reception according to existence of TEL number from transmitting side. Initial setting allows substitute reception without CSI. If set to "no", the receiver cannot receive any documents.

SW5 No. 8 CSI transmission

CSI signal contains the sender’s phone number registered in the machine. If this switch is set to "1", no sender’s name will be printed at the receiving side.

SW6 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)

An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T. It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.

SW6 No. 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option

An optional function for JBIG.

SW6 No. 3 MMR

MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.

SW6 No. 4 MR

MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.

SW6 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is 14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure.

SW7 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed

The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.

SW7 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission 2

Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs).

It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1, and SW5 No. 5 is set to “1”.

SW7 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode

Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW7 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX

CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.

SW7 No. 6 Protocol monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.

When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor (SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.

SW7 No. 7 Line monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.

SW7 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

FO-DC635U

SW8 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer

The specific line equalizer is inserted.

No. 1 No. 2

0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off. 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km 1 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km

SW8 No. 3 H2 mode

Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2 mode.

SW8 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level

Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to

–31dB.

SW9 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval

For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.

SW9 No. 3 Equalizer freeze control

This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable state and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always.

SW9 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions

Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed.

SW9 No. 5 CED detection time

The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto calling mode is set.

SW9 No. 6, No. 7 Alarm buzzer

The length of the buzzer for normal end of operation is set.

SW9 No. 8 Action when RTN received

The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 transmission mode.

SW10 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Memory retransmission times

The number of memory retransmissions is set.

SW10 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Memory retransmission interval

The interval between memory retransmissions is set.

SW11 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 transmission mode.

SW11 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 reception mode.

SW12 No. 1 V.34 mode function in case of manual communication

Used to select whether the V.34 mode is made valid when automatically transmitting/receiving.

SW12 No. 2 V.34 mode function

Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode.

SW12 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed

Used to select the control channel communication speed for V.34 mode.

2 – 30

FO-DC635U

SW12 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer

Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection.

SW12 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission

When receiving, operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception.

Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish)

T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30.

T. 30+a: To operate in accordance with T.30+a. (To operate differently according to cases.)

SW12 No. 8 The change to DB from DP by

When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the key from the pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.

SW13 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)

To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW13 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW14 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)

To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW14 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW15 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW15 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Cl signal OFF detect enable time

Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of Cl signal.

SW16 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW16 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing

When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received. When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.

CI signal patterns

The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.

2S

4S

2S

1.5S

STANDARD

RING

PATTERN 1

for USA

RING

PATTERN 2

for USA

RING

PATTERN 3

for USA

RING

PATT ER N 4

for USA

RING PATT ER N 1 for CANADA

RING PATT ER N 2 for CANADA

RING PATT ER N 3 for CANADA

1S

0.8S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S

0.2S 0.2S 1S

1S

0.5S

1.5S

0.5S

0.8S

0.4S

1S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S 0.8S

1S

0.5S 1S 0.5S

0.5S

0.5S0.5S

0.5S

1S

3S

4S

1S

3S

3.5S

0.5S0.5S

3S

1S

3S

SW17 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW17 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW18 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW19 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW19 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW19 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

2 – 31

SW19 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW20 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW21 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW21 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency

To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.

SW21 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW22 No. 1 ~ No. 3 SW22 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Service condition for line1

000: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is auto.

001: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is manual only.

010: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is auto.

011: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is manual only.

SW22 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW22 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW22 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW24 No. 1 Dial mode

Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.

0: PULSE DIAL

1: TONE DIAL

SW24 No. 2 Receive mode for line-2

Auto/manual receiving mode is set.

SW24 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW24 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW24 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

FO-DC635U

SW25 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive (0: No ring receive)

When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.

SW25 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW26 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW26 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW27 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW27 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW27 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW27 No. 5 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission 1

When set to “0”, the unit proceeds to the next procedure after DIS(NSF) is received once during transmission. If set to “1”, it follows the setting of SW29 No.3.

SW27 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW28 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)

An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T. It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.

SW28 No. 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option

An optional function for JBIG.

SW28 No. 3 MMR

MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.

SW28 No. 4 MR

MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.

SW28 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is 14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure.

SW29 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed

The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.

SW29 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission 2

Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs). It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup-pression problem, if set to 1, and SW27 No. 5 is set to “1”.

2 – 32

FO-DC635U

SW29 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode

Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW29 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX

CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.

SW29 No. 6 Protocol monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.

When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor (SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.

SW29 No. 7 Line monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.

SW29 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW30 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer

The specific line equalizer is inserted.

No. 1 No. 2

0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off. 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km

SW30 No. 3 H2 mode

Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2 mode.

SW30 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level

Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to – 31dB.

SW31 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval

For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.

SW31 No. 3 Equalizer freeze

This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable state and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always.

SW31 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions

Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed.

SW31 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW33 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 transmission mode.

SW33 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 reception mode.

SW34 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW34 No. 2 V.34 mode function

Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode.

SW34 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed

Used to select the control channel communication speed for V.34 mode.

SW34 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer

Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection.

SW34 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission

When receiving, operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception.

Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish)

T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30.

T. 30+a: To operate in accordance with T.30+a. (To operate differently according to cases.)

SW34 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW35 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)

To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW35 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)

To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW36 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW36 No. 2 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

2 – 33

SW37 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW38 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW38 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing

When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received. When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.

CI signal patterns

The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.

2S

4S

2S

1.5S

STANDARD

RING

PATTERN 1

for USA

RING

PATTERN 2

for USA

RING

PATTERN 3

for USA

RING

PATT ER N 4

for USA

RING PATT ER N 1 for CANADA

RING PATT ER N 2 for CANADA

RING PATT ER N 3 for CANADA

1S

0.8S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S

0.2S 0.2S 1S

1S

0.5S

1.5S

0.5S

0.8S

0.4S

1S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S 0.8S

1S

0.5S 1S 0.5S

0.5S

0.5S0.5S

1S

0.5S

0.5S0.5S

3S

4S

1S

3S

3.5S

3S

1S

3S

SW39 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW39 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW40 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

FO-DC635U

SW41 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW41 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW41 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW41 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW42 No. 1, No. 2 DTMF detection time

Used to set detect time of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) used in

remote reception (5 ). The longer the detection time is, the error detection is caused by noises.

SW42 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW43 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW43 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency

To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.

SW43 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW44 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved

000: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is auto.

001: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is manual only.

010: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is auto.

SW44 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW45 No. 1 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW45 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW45 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW46 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW47 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW48 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW48 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW48 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

2 – 34

FO-DC635U

SW48 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW48 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW49 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW49 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW50 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW50 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW51 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW52 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW53 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW54 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW55 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Duplex scan (Black line detection when reading for transmission)

Set criteria to detect a black line when reading for transmission.

SW55 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Duplex scan (Black page detection when reading for transmission)

Set criteria to detect a blank page when reading for transmission.

SW56 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Duplex scan (Black line detection when reading for copies)

Set criteria to detect a black line when reading for copies.

SW56 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Duplex scan (Black page detection when reading for copies)

Set criteria to detect a blank page when reading for copies.

SW57 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW58 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW59 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW59 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW60 No. 1 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW60 No. 7 Admin transfer of DESKTOP-SCAN

Determine whether or not to use “Stan to Desktop” as a forwarding address in the Document Admin function.

SW60 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW61 No. 1 F.A.S.T. (RMS) mode

Used to determine a function of remote maintenance system (F.A.S.T.).

SW61 No. 2 F.A.S.T. (RMS) line

The line where the F.A.S.T. function is set.

SW61 No. 3 Verification stamp

End stamp:

It is set whether the red round mark is stamped at the bottom margin of the document of every page in the memory input mode and document sending mode or not.

SW61 No. 4 Day light saving

The day light saving function ON/OFF is set.

SW61 No. 5, No. 6 Key buzzer volume

Key buzzer volume:

The sound volume of key inputting buzzer and other buzzers is set.

SW61 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW62 No. 1, No. 2 Speaker volume

Speaker volume:

The sound volume of the speaker in the on-hook mode is set.

SW62 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW62 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW62 No. 5, No. 6 Ringer volume

Ringer volume:

The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set.

SW62 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 1, No. 2 Backlight setting

LCD backlight is lit whilst the key operation, etc. is performed. It turns off after a period of time without any operation. This SW is used to select the time interval until the backlight turns off.

SW63 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW63 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW63 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 1 Header registration

When setting this switch to "1", registering senders is protected.

2 – 35

SW64 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 3 Continuous serial polling

Turns ON/OFF the continuous polling function.

SW64 No. 4, No. 5 Time interval for continuous serial polling

Used to set the interval time for continuous serial polling. Normally set to no interval (0 minute).

SW64 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 8 Quick on line function

It is selected whether auto dial call is activated in the memory input mode when one document is completely read or when all pages are completely read.

SW65 No. 1, No. 2 Cassette selection

To set selective modes for detail paper cassettes of the printer.

00: Manual To select detail paper in the tray priority

cassette in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. If the detail paper in the tray priority cassette runs short, the first priority cassette will be used.

01: Automatic 1 To automatically select detail paper with

optimum size among the tray to second priority cassettes in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. The optimum paper is selected by every page. If all the cassettes have the same size paper, paper will be selected according to the cassette priority.

10: Automatic 2 To automatically select detail paper with

optimum size among the tray to second priority cassettes in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. At the start of printing, the optimum paper is adopted only for the first page. There after the same cassette selected for the first page will be used from the second page and after. If all the cassettes have the same size paper, paper will be selected according to the cassette priority.

11: Except the above 01: the same setting as in the case of

Automatic 1

SW65 No. 3 ~ No. 5 The tray priority cassette

To select the tray priority cassette.

001: Tray paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 1st paper feeder Except the above Printing started from the possible paper feeder

SW65 No. 6 ~ No. 8 The 1st priority cassette

To select the first priority cassette.

000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper

feeder that has been set in the tray priority cas-

sette) 001: Tray paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 1st paper feeder Except the above Not used

FO-DC635U

SW66 No. 1 ~ No. 3 The 2nd priority cassette

To select the second priority cassette.

000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper

feeder that has been set in the tray priority cas-

sette) 001: Tray paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 1st paper feeder 011: 2nd paper feeder Except the above Not used

SW66 No. 4, No. 5 Cassette selection of separate page

The supply origin of a separate page is set.

SW66 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW66 No. 7 Maximum size of input document

The maximum scan length can be switched.

SW66 No. 8 Print hold function

Use or disable Print Hold function.

SW67 No.1, No. 2 Power save mode

The heater mode of a printer is set.

SW67 No. 3 ~ No. 5 Density adjustment of print bias

The density of printing is set.

It can be also set in the print diagnosis mode.

SW67 No. 6, No. 7 Drum life detection

The detection mode of Drum life is set.

SW67 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW68 No. 1, No. 2 Distinctive ring pattern

The distinctive ring patter is set for country.

SW68 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW68 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW68 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW68 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

2 – 36

FO-DC635U

SW70 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW70 No. 4 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW71 No. 1, No. 2 The default resolution for copying

In case of copying without pressing the RESOLUTION key, resolution will be super fine.

SW71 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW71 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW71 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW71 No. 6, No. 7 Picture quality priority mode

Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected when the MODE key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however, the fine mode is automatically selected unless the MODE key is manually set to another mode.

SW71 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW72 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW72 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW72 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW72 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW73 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW73 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Data reduction (Except notation: Setting prohibition)

Reduction ratio of receiving is set.

It can be changed even in the optional mode.

To set printing reduction rate of received images.

000: Automatic 100: 100% Except the above 100%

SW74 No. 1 Automatic printing of activity report

This soft switch is used to select; whether or not to produce the activity report when the memory is full (about 50 items). An activity report can be produced when the following key entry command is made.

"FUNC", "2", "#", "START"

After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be cleared.

When the switch function is set to "0" (NO), the data in memory will be deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity (approx. 50 items).

SW74 No. 2 Print out of total time and total number of pages on activity report

Used to make a choice of whether the total communication time and pages are recorded in the activity report.

SW74 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW74 No. 4 Department function

This model has the department audit feature, it has to be set to 1 to utilize this feature.

SW74 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Department ID digit

Used to set the department ID digit number.

When set to "D", the number is "4".

SW75 No. 1 Copy protect switch

When this switch is set to “1”, copy is for bidden.

SW75 No. 2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode)

When in copy, if the scanned data is out of the range of recording, the operator has one of the choices below using the switch.

0: Continue: Data is printed onto the next page with the last

20mm also printed at the beginning of the next page.

1: Cut off: Data scanned out of the limit is cut off (a page is

printed.)

SW75 No. 3 Scanning ratio in memory input

In the case of memory transmission, etc., only letter size (A4) documents can be stored in the memory. To input B4 documents into the memory, therefore, the B4 documents must be reduced to letter size (A4) or the both ends of the B4 documents will be cut off to input the center letter-size (A4) portion. This switch provides the selection.

0: Reduced to A4 size and inputted.

1: Both ends are cut off and the center portion (A4 size) is inputted.

SW75 No. 4 Overseas communication mode selection function

When this switch is set to "1", the communication is Super G3 mode can be turned off by pressing the "SPACE" key before sending operation, for the transmission set after that (including polling).

SW75 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW75 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reduce ratio when copy mode (Except notation: Setting prohibition)

Reduction ratio of copying is set.

It can changed even in the optional mode.

SW76 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW76 No. 3, No. 4 Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode)

This is used for density adjustment in fine/standard mode. Adjust the density according to that of frequently used original.

Set to "Dark" for darker reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) of light original. Set to "Light" for lighter reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) of dark original.

Set to "Dark only in dark mode" for darker reading only in the dark mode.

SW76 No. 5, No. 6 Density adjustment (when half-tone mode)

This is used for density adjustment in the half tone. Setting procedures are the same as SW46 No. 3 and No. 4.

2 – 37

SW76 No. 7 MTF correction in half-tone mode

In the half tone mode, image area is separated from character area and processed separately to eliminate unclear character transmission. This switch is used to change the criteria of judgment of separation. When "Strong" (= 1) is selected, more area is judged as character area, providing clearer characters.

On the contrary, however, edges of image area may be emphasized. It is advisable to restrict the use of this function only when clear characters must be transmitted, and to use the function of "Weak" (= 0) for general cases.

SW76 No. 8 MTF intensity in half-tone mode

This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the half tone mode. When "NO" (= 1) is selected, the whole image becomes soft and mild, On the contrary, however, mildness of characters will be reduced. Normally set to "NO" (= 1).

SW77 No. 1 Cassette define LTR / A4: Tray

A4 cassette can be used.

Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.

Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 2 Cassette define LTR / A4: 1st

A4 cassette can be used.

Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.

Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 3 Cassette define LTR / A4: 2nd

A4 cassette can be used.

Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.

Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 4 ~ No.7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW77 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW78 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW78 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW78 No. 4 Metric based resolution

Select mm (metric) or inch to convert the resolution of received data.

SW78 No. 5 ~ No.7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW79 No. 1 Secure billing code

When the tel. billing code function is ON, the operation of secure billing code is enabled.

SW79 No. 2 Pause with SHIFT key

The SHIFT key pause time is set.

SW79 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW79 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Z key pause time (250ms unit)

The Z key pause time is set.

SW80 No. 1 Separate feature

The separate mode ON/OFF is set.

SW80 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

FO-DC635U

SW80 No. 5 Addition of header (Sender information)

ON/OFF of addition of header (sender information) to various list is set.

SW80 No. 6 DTMF sending by the panel test

When ten keys are pressed in the Panel Test Mode of the diagnosis, the corresponding DTMF signals are output.

SW80 No. 7 Power save mode

To switch power save mode system either to real time or to timer.

SW80 No. 8 Ring control for line-2

The ringer ringing ON/OFF is set when incoming call is received through the line-2.

SW81 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW81 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW81 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW82 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW82 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW83 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW84 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW84 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW85 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW85 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Waiting time of duplex scan

When the duplex scan is enabled, set the waiting time until the reversed document is reloaded after the ADF reads document.

SW86 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW86 No. 3 Network scan (Files are split when transferring TIFF/ PDF files)

Determine whether to split TIFF or PDF files or not before transfer.

2 – 38

FO-DC635U

SW86 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW86 No. 6 Inbound print setting

Select an image print setting on the machine when using the Inbound Routing function.

SW86 No. 7 Adobe URL is put on a mail for network scan

Determine whether or not to enter the Adobe URL in mail messages when using the SCAN TO MAIL function.

SW86 No. 8 Content of status message mail

Used to select a type of counter notified via status message mail.

SW87 No. 1 File name (Unique identifier)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated.: A unique number generated from the machine serial number and the date and time data.

SW87 No. 2 File name (Session page counter)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated.: Counter

SW87 No. 3 File name (Date & Time)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated.: Date and time data

SW87 No. 4 File name (Profile name)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated.: Sender’s name

SW87 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW88 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Default file format

SW setting the default of the compression format and the file type required for generating the image data from network scanned data.

SW88 No. 5, No. 6 The default resolution for Network Scanning

SW setting the default resolution on network scanning.

SW88 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW89 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW89 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No.1 Method of detecting CI frequency

Select whether the CI frequency is detected by the Modem or Firmware.

SW90 No.2 Network scan (Compatibility with IDM viewer for TIFF files)

Set the format of TIFF G3 for the network scan.

SW90 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW90 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW90 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW91 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW92 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW92 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW92 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW92 No. 4 Show receiver’s name

This switch is used to note the receiver’s name on the transaction report and activity report. When this switch is set to “0”, the receiver’s dial number is printed on the report.

SW92 No. 5 Pulse rate

Set the make/break rate for the pulse dial.

SW92 No. 6 LDAP server setting

Enable or disable the LDAP server setting.

SW92 No. 7 User authentication

Enable or disable the User Authentication function.

SW92 No. 8 Items for user authentication

Select items used for the user authentication.

SW93 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW93 No. 5 The LDAP bind of the user authentication in a setting of anonymous

When the LDAP authentication type is set to “Anonymous”, determine whether or not to use “Simple” as an authentication type for the LDAP bind.

SW93 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW94 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW95 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW96 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Network print: Auto continue

When the paper of designated size runs out whilst printing, the unit will pause until the paper of the selected size is supplied. This function allows to continue printing with the paper of alternative size, if the paper of designated size was not supplied even after a period of time. This SW is for setting ON/OFF of this function, and the ON waiting time.

2 – 39

SW96 No. 4 Network print: Default paper size

When the selected paper size was other than the size that can be set in this unit (LTR, LGL, A4), an alternative paper size can be set with this SW.

SW96 No. 5 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW96 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW97 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW98 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW99 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

FO-DC635U

[3] Troubleshooting

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[4] Error code table

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[5] Overseas communication mode

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[6] Administrator mode in the personal book function

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

2 – 40

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION

Service Manual

[1] Mechanical description

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[2] Printer description

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U and FO-DC535U.

1. Rear cabinet, 1st Paper cassette left cabinet, Joint left angle

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

2. PWB plate, Rear cabinet, 1st Paper cassette right cabinet, Joint right angle 1/2, 1st Paper cassette unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

3. Front cabinet

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

4. PWB’s

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

5. Operation panel unit, Upper cover unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

6. Front left frame, Inner front cabinet, Paper feed tray

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

7. Rear left frame, Bottom left frame

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

8. Inner left cabinet unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

9. Power supply PWB

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

10. Scanner frame unit (1/2), Operation panel unit, Document guide under

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

11. Scanner frame unit (2/2), Drive unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

12. Document guide upper, Operation PWB unit, Operation panel case

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

13. Upper cover

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

14. Wire treatment

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC535U.

15. High voltage PWB unit (HV1), Paper take-up sensor (PS1)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

16. Main motor (M1)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

3 – 1

17. Paper take-up roller

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

18. Print head unit (PH)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

19. Paper empty sensor (PE1)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

20. Fusing unit (1/2)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

21. Fusing unit (2/2)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

22. Bottom plate

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

23. Cassette case unit, 1st paper cassette PWB unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

24. Drive system unit

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

FO-DC635U

25. Cassette cabinet

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

26. Cassette case (1/2)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

27. Cassette case (2/2)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

[4] How to install the verification stamp (FO-45VS)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4470U.

3 – 2

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS

[1] Block diagram

Service Manual

: 406 x 391dpi(Copy/Fax)

: 600 x 600dpi (NT-Print)

MINOLTA NC-L601/16ppm

Powersupply Unit

+5V/+24V

Lithium Battery

Main CPU

SH7706(SH-3) SCIF RS-232C

PC

Driver

133MHz

Operation Panel Unit

Only for Firmware Download from PC

(No Production)

external 33MHz

16

: 4.7" QVGA (B/W)

Large LCD Module

LCD Controller

SED1374F0A

16

New ASIC-1 Panel PWB

16

• SDRAM Controller

• MMR CODEC<1ch>

16

Scanner

Page Memory

16

: up to 400dpi/B4 SDRAM 8MB 10.1"/30ppm

: 203dpi(8pixel/mm)

based on LC821033 B4 CIS

• Panel Controller

SANYO IP CORE

8 • Run length Converter

RTC(Backup)

serial

• CPU I/F, Mapper (Stepping Motor)

• GPIO port

8 • Motor Controller Scan Mechanism

Printer PWB

HSYNC,TOD etc

• Print Data Processor SM8578BV

• ECC Code Generator

USER LOGIC

8

(MINOLTA CPU on board)

("SPIDER")

New ASIC-2

Option (FO-NP1)

SCI & PCU-input

• SCI ch0(for PCU)

• RTC I/F

16

Network Printer Kit

SCI & Video

• SCI ch1(for PCL)

8

(PCL Board)

• Video I/F Switch

16

PREQ/PACK

DPO Bus

• GPIO

• DPO Bus Switch

Option (FO-LN1)

LAN Network Interface Kit

16

DPO Bus

Buzzer Clock Generator

(Arbitrator)

•

(LAN Card)

Control PWB

Program Memory

&

NOR Flash 4MB

Entry Data Memory

Working Memory ("COSMOS") : Tact SW

16MB • JBIG CODEC <2ch>

SDRAM

SRAM 32KB

Backup Memory 8 • Image Processor

Option (FO-8MK)

Memory PWB Image Memory

4 – 1

NAND Flash 16MB

NAND Flash

Image Memory

8MB

MODEM(Line1)

Line-1 FM336Plus (PCU Output)

LIU PWB

Dual Line Kit

Option (FO-60DL)

Dual Line

FM336Plus

Control PWB

MODEM(Line2)

Line-2

LIU PWB

[2] Wiring diagram

FO-DC635U

FRONT

SENSOR

DOCUMENT

2

CIS

UNIT

SENSOR

B4 FRONT

2

SENSOR

TRANSFER

2

TX MOTOR

OPTION

SENSOR

FO-NP1

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

OPTION

FO-45VS

STAMP

VERIFICATION

2

CNSTP1

8

CNSEN1

CNCIS1

410

CNTXM1

3

CNPCL2

CNPCL1

(PCL BOARD)

60

PC

SERVICE

USE ONLY

5

CONTROL PWB

REWRITING

FLASH ROM

VERSION UP

CNRS1

CNLIU1

CNLNC1

60

CNSP1

PH PRINT HEAD UNIT

30

CNPRT1

TEL LINE-1

LIU PWB

9

DUAL LINE

CONTROLPWB

MOTOR UNIT

M2 POLYGON

5

CN9

CN1

CN7

(LINE-1)

PWB-D

LASER DIODE

8

CN5

CN14

TEL LINE-2

LIU PWB

OPTION

FO-60DL

DUAL LINE KIT

9

PS3

DRIVE PWB

3

CN2

(LINE-2)

SENSOR

PAPER EXIT

CN8

SL1 PAPER

CN10

SPEAKER

2

TAKE-UP

SOLENOID

2

CN3

PRINTER PWB

1ST PAPER CASSETTE UNIT

CN15

SOLENOID

2

CN3

CN1

PE1

PAPER EMPTY

3

5

CN12

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

2

CN11

CASSETTE

1ST PAPER

SENSOR

2

CN4

CASSETTE SENSOR

5

CN5

CN8

CN6

PWB

PS4

PAPER OUT

10

SENSOR

15

CN11

CN13

CN6

SOLENOID

2

CN2

OPTION FO-CS2

CN7

CASSETTE SENSOR

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

2

5

CN12

PWB

CASSETTE

2ND PAPER

MOTOR

4

CN4

CN9

LCD

UNIT

BACK

LIGHT

TE10/TE100

LED

PWB

UNIT

BASE Ethernet Cable

CNLEDB

2

20(FCC)

15(FCC)

FO-LN1

OPTION

LAN NETWORK

CNLEDACNBKL

OPERATION PANEL PWB

CNLCDB

LCD RELAY PWB

OPERATION

(LAN CARD)

INTERFACE KIT

CNPNB

CNLCDA

UNIT

PANEL

24

16

60

CNPN1

CNLCD1

CNNIC1

UNIT

VOLTAGE PWB

LAMP

H1 HEATER

1

6

M1

MAIN

1

4

M2

COOLING

MOTOR

TS1

THERMOSTAT

FAN

MOTOR

SWITCH

S2 INTERLOCK

4

PS1

TH1

PWB-G

SENSOR

TONER EMPTY

CNPW1

CNOP1

30

CNOP

FO-8MK

OPTION

MEMORY PWB

SENSOR

THERMISTOR

PAPER TAKE-UP

8

12

CN5

POWER SUPPLY PWB

3

2

DOCUMENT

PS5A RECEIVED

CN1

CNAC

PS5B

TRAY SENSOR

CN2

CN3

PAPER

SIZE SENSOR

2

10

HV1 HIGH

1

2

4 – 2

FO-DC635U

[3] Point-to-point diagram

1. Connector signal name (1)

OPTION

FO-45VS

CIS

STAMP

VERIFICATION

DOCUMENT

SENSOR

FRONT

SENSOR

B4 FRONT

SENSOR

TRANSFER

SENSOR

/FRTSDG/ORGSDG/B4FRSDGROLSNS

VSTP

/STPON

1

2

1234567

1

2

1234567

CNSTP1

CNSEN1

VSTP

/STPON

/FRTSDG/ORGSDG/B4FRSDGROLSNS

GND(DG)

/RESET

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829

CNPRT1

GND(DG)

/HSYNC

DG

8

DG

/EPRDY

/PRRDY

CNCIS1

/TOD

UNIT

SIG

GND

VDD

GND

GNDSIGND

/CMD

GND

GNDSIGND

/CTBSY

/PRINT

/SRCLK

CLK

GND(DG)

123456789

SIG

GND

VDD

/ETBSY

/STS

GLED

VLED

10

GLED

VLED

GND(DG)

/VIDEO

+5V

GND(DG)

CNSP1

+5V

SPEAKER

SP+

SPÐ

1

2

1

2

SP+

SPÐ

GND(DG)

+5V

TMA

123

CNTXM1

TMA

/CPRDY

+5VÊ

TX MOTOR

/TMA

/TEST

30

TMB

/TMB

4

/TMB

LIU PWB

RXIN

TXOUTCI/EXHS

DPON

TXOUTCIEXHS

DPON

CML

123456789

CNLIUCNLIU1

123456789

RXIN

(1/4)

CONTROL PWB

+5VDG+24VA

LED

PWB

+5V

LED3

LED7

LED4

LED8

LED6

LED9

LED5

LED10

LED2

LED11

LED1

GND

TH1

TH2

123456789101112131415

CNLEDA CNLEDB

+5V

LED3

LED7

LED4

LED8

LED6

LED9

LED5

LED10

LED2

LED11

LED1

GND

TH1

GND

PLTSW

LEDEN1

SEN7

LD5

SEN6

LD4

SEN5

LD3

SEN4

LD2

SEN3

LD1

SEN2

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627

CNPNA

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627

CNPN1

GND

PLTSW

LEDEN1

SEN7

LD5

SEN6

LD4

SEN5

LD3

SEN4

LD2

SEN3

LD1

SEN2

+24V SUBMGMGMG+24V MAIN

+24V MAIN

+5V SUBDGDGDG+5V MAIN

1234567891011

TH2

LD0

OPERATION

SEN1

LEDEN2

SEN0

SEN1

LEDEN2

SEN0

PWB

PANEL

TH1

+5V

TH1

+5V

+5V MAIN

12

TH2(GND)

/BKLON

GND

TH2(GND)

/BKLON

GND

CNBKL

E(N.M.)

LD7(N.M.)

E(N.M.)

LD7(N.M.)

UNIT

BACK LIGHT

+5V

/BKLON

1

2

1

2

+5V

/BKLON

RS(N.M.)

LD6(N.M.)

28

RS(N.M.)

LD6(N.M.)

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829

CN1

GND(DG)

/RESET

GND(DG)

/HSYNC

/EPRDY

/PRRDY

/TOD

/ETBSY

/STS

/CMD

/CTBSY

/PRINT

/SRCLK

GND(DG)

/FAN REM

FAN LOCK

CN13

123

/FAN CNT

4

+24V

GND(MG)

12345

CN9

/POLYGON.M.REM

/POLYGON.M.LCCK

/POLYGON.M.CLK

/SOS

1234567

CN5

+5V

LD POWER LOW

/LD EN

/SH,N

GND(DG)

/PS4

12345

CN12

GND(DG)

PEMP1AN

GND(DG)

/P EMP1

8765432

M2

POLYGON

MOTOR

/SOS

+5V

LD POWER LOW

/LD EN

/SH,N

GND(DG)

/VIDEO

/L DATA

+5V

8

1

/L DATA

+5V

GND(DG)

THERMISTER

1

CN2

1

THERMISTER

+5V

2

+5V

GND(DG)

+5V

+24V

1

CN3

/CPRDY

+5VÊ

/FEED1

2

30

/TEST

CN8

CN14

PS3 AN

GND(DG)

123

PWB-G

EMPTY

TONER

SENSOR

123

4

TONER LEVEL

/TONERLED REM

GND(DG)

+5V

PRINTER

CONTROL

+5V

PS3

123456789

CN4

1098765432

CN1

+5V

M1

12345

CN6

+24V

GND

(1/2)

PWB

CH LREM

TVR

T MON V

CH LREM

TVR

T MON V

MAIN

/MOTOR REM

T MON I

MOTOR

/MOTOR LOCK

N.C.

BVR

C REM

6

MOTOR LOW

C MON

PS1

PAPER TAKE-UP

1

CN10

/PS1

GND(MG)

+24V

10

1

GND(MG)

+24V

SENSOR

2

CN15

GND(DG)

PS5A RECEIVED

DOCUMENT

TRAY SENSOR

123

TRAY OPEN

GND(DG)

1234567891011

CN5 CNPW1

+24V SUBMGMGMG+24V MAIN

+24V MAIN

GND(MG)

GND(DG)

1234567

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

PS5B

CN1

1234567

4

CN7

+24V MAIN

GND(MG)

GND(DG)

MP SIZE

GND(DG)

+5V MAIN

GND(DG)

+5V MAIN

+24V MAIN

+5V SUBDGDGDG+5V MAIN

+5V MAIN

HEATER ON

HEATER-RELAY OFF

8

+5V MAIN

/FUSER LAMP

/FUSER RL

CN2

12

+5V MAIN

HEATER N

N.C.

123

H1 HEATER LAMP

HEATER L

POWER

+24V SUB

1

CN3

PWB

SUPPLY

+24V MAIN

2

CNAC

AC-LFGAC-N

123

CORD

AC

PS4

PAPER OUT SENSOR

PE1

PAPER EMPTY SENSOR

M2

COOLING

FAN MOTOR

HV1

PWB-D

LASER DIODE

PH

PRINT HEAD

UNIT

DRIVE PWB

TH1

THERMISTER

SL1

PAPER TAKE-UP SOLENOID

PS3

PAPER EXIT SENSOR

PWB UNIT

HIGH VOLTAGE

TS1

THERMOSTAT

S2

INTERLOCK SWITCH

4 – 3

2. Connector signal name (2)

OPTION FO-LN1

N.C.

/BRDIN

GND

/INTPRT2

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839

VDD

RESERVE

GND

VDD

LVDETECT

A16

GND

/RW

RESERVE

/OEPA5/CSP1A6/ACKA7/RESETA8A4A9D0

(LAN CARD)

LAN NETWORK

INTERFACE KIT

A10D1A11D2A12D3A13D4A14D5A15D6D7A0RESERVEA1A2A3GND

40

41424344454647484950515253545556575859

/INTPRT1D8D9

GND

D10

D11

D12

GND

D13

D14

D15

/CSP2

N.C.

FO-DC635U

N.C.

60

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859

CNNIC1

N.C.

/BRDIN

GND

/INTPRT2

VDD

RESERVE

GND

VDD

LVDETECT

A16

GND

/RW

RESERVE

/OEPA5/CSP1A6/ACKA7/RESETA8A4A9D0

A10D1A11D2A12D3A13D4A14D5A15D6D7A0RESERVEA1A2A3GND

/INTPRT1D8D9

GND

D10

D11

D12

GND

(3/4)

CONTROL PWB

MD15

MD14

MD13

MD12

MD11

MD10

MD9

MD8

MD7

MD6

MD5

MD4

MD3

MD2

MD1

MD0

STSZ

VDATA

CPRDYZ

PRPDYZ

SBSYZ

SCLK

CMDZ

CBSYZ

HSYNCZ

GND

PACK

PREQ

GND

VSYNCZ

ENGRDYZ

NICINTZ

NICCSZ

IOWRZ

WAITZ

MA13

MA14

MA15

MA16

MA17

MA18

MA19

MA20

MA21

MA22

MA23

MA24

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859

CNPCL1

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859

MD15

MD14

MD13

MD12

MD11

MD10

MD9

MD8

MD7

MD6

MD5

MD4

MD3

MD2

MD1

MD0

STSZ

VDATA

CPRDYZ

PRPDYZ

SBSYZ

SCLK

CMDZ

CBSYZ

HSYNCZ

GND

PACK

PREQ

GND

VSYNCZ

ENGRDYZ

NICINTZ

NICCSZ

IOWRZ

WAITZ

MA13

MA14

MA15

MA16

MA17

MA18

MA19

MA20

MA21

MA22

MA23

MA24

OPTION FO-NP1

(PCL BOARD)

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

D13

MA25

D14

MA26

D15

MA27

/CSP2

MA28

N.C.

MA29

RSTALLZ

MA29

60

N.C.

/PCLIN

60

RSTALLZ

/PCLIN

CONTROL PWB

(2/4)

DG

CLEODGALEODG/WP1

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829

CNOP1

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829

CNOP

DG

CLEODGALEODG/WP1

+3.3V

/NANDWR

+3.3V

/NANDWR

+3.3V

/OPCS

+3.3V

/BUSYOP

+3.3V

/BUSYOP

R/W

/NANDRD

/DEN

/NANDRD

/DEN

PWB

MEMORY

OPD7

OPD6

OPD5

OPD4

OPD3

OPD2

OPD1

OPD0

MEMDTC0DGMEMDTC1DGDGDGDG

OPD1

OPD0

MEMDTC0DGMEMDTC1DGDGDGDG

4 – 4

30

CDRDTD

12345

CNRS1

12345

CDRDTD

OPTION FO-8MK

PC

REWRITING

VERSION UP

DTR

FLASH ROM

GND

VSS

VSSD3D2D1D0

123456789101112131415

1615141312111098765432

CNLCDA CNLCD1

VSS

VSSD3D2D1D0

SERVICE USE ONLY

YDLPVSS

12345678910111213141516171819

CNLCDB

XCK

VSSMDISP

VSS

VDD

VEE

VDD

VEE

VDD

VEE

VSSD0D1D2D3

DISPMVSS

LCD UNIT

XCK

VSSLPYD

N.C.

16

1

N.C.

LCD RELAY

VSS

PWB

VSS

20

FO-DC635U

3. Connector signal name (3)

(4/4)

CONTROL PWB

+3.3V

/CI1

DPON1

CML1

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859

CNLNC1

DPMUTE1

ERLY1

TXMUTE1

SPKR2

/MDMRST1

/MDMINT1

/MDMCS1

/IOWR

/IORD

LCBA5

LCBA4

LCBA3

LCBA2

LCBA1

LCBD7

LCBD6

LCBD5

LCBD4

LCBD3

LCBD2

LCBD1

LCBD0

+5V

+24VA

+24VADGDGDGDGNCR/WNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCDGDGDGDG

+5V

60

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859

+3.3V

/CI1

DPON1

CML1

DPMUTE1

ERLY1

TXMUTE1

SPKR2

/MDMRST1

/MDMINT1

/MDMCS1

/IOWR

/IORDA5A4A3A2A1D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0+5V

+5V

+24VA

+24VADGDGDGDG

/DEN

RD/WRNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCNCDGDGDGDG

OPTION FO-60DL

DUAL LINE

(2/2)

PRINTER

CONTROL PWB

+24V

/FEED2

/FEED3

+5V

GND(DG)

2ND/3RD SIZE

2ND/3RD SET

/UNIT

2ND/3RD EMP

CHECK2

/2ND,3RD

/M3 ON

123456789101112131415

CN11

123456789101112131415

CN1

2ND/3RD SIZE

2ND/3RD SET

/UNIT

2ND/3RD EMP

CHECK2

/2ND,3RD

+24V

/FEED2

/FEED3

+5V

GND(DG)

/M3 ON

M3 CLK

CHECK0

CHECK1

CHECK0

CHECK1

CONTROL PWB

DUAL LINE KIT

RXIN

TXOUTCIEXHS

DPON

CML

123456789

CNLIU2CNLIU

123456789

RXIN

TXOUTCIEXHS

DPON

CML

(LINE-2)

LIU PWB

+5VDG+24VA

+5V

60

+5V

1ST PAPER CASSETTE UNIT

FO-CS2

OPTION

CN6

CN7

1ST

PWB

PAPER

CASSETTE

+24V A

PICK3

+5V

GND

P EMP2

CASSETTE

3RDBIN

LTR LGL

123456789

+24V B

PICK3

+5V 3RD

GND

P EMP3

CASSETTE

3RDBIN

LTR LGL

2ND

PWB

PAPER

CASSETTE

M3ON

10

M3ON

M3CLK

4 – 5

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

FO-DC635U

Service Manual

[1] Circuit description

1. General description

In this machine, the facsimile control block except the printer control is mainly composed of the units shown in Fig. 1.

2. PWB configuration

CIS

LINE-1

LIU PWB

(LINE-1)

DUAL LINE KIT

(OPTION FO-60DL)

LINE-2

UNIT

CONTROL PWB

LCD RELAY

PWB

LCD

2.1. Control PWB

The control PWB controls all the other operations except the printing operation of the printer.

2.2. CIS unit

CIS unit converts the image of the sending or copying draft into the photoelectric signals and transmits the signals to the control PWB.

2.3. LIU PWB

The LIU PWB controls the I/F telephone function of the circuit with the control signals from the control PWB.

2.4. Operation panel PWB

The operation panel PWB detects the key input, turns on and off LED and displays LCD according to the control signals from the control PWB.

2.5. Power supply PWB

DC voltages (+5V, +24V) are produced from AC120V, and are supplied to the printer unit and control PWB unit.

2.6. Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL)

Dual Line Kit consists of Dual Line Control PWB and LIU PWB (Line-

2), and controls line I/F for Line-2 and FAX communications.

POWER SUPPLY PWB

OPERATION

PANEL

PWB

PRINTER

LAN NETWORK INTERFACE KIT

(NIC OPTION FO-LN1)

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

(PCL BOARD OPTION FO-NP1)

PWB

Fig. 1

PRINTER

UNIT

AC CORD

[2] Circuit description of control PWB

1. General description

The control PWB is composed of the following blocks.

1) Main control block

2) Backup memory block

3) Modem block

4) Scanner control block

5) Speaker amplifier

6) Page memory block

7) Drive block

8) LCD control block

9) Network I/F block

2. Description of each block

2.1. Main control block

This block consists of 32 bit RISC microcomputer HD6417706F133 (main component), flash ROM, 64 Mbit SDRAM, Main ASIC, Sub ASIC, etc. Each device is controlled either by the microcomputer directly or via Main ASIC.

2.1.1 HD6417706F133 (IC24): pin-176, QFP (main CPU)

This is a microcomputer with a core of 32 bit RISC (Reduced Instructions Set Computer) CPU, which periphery functions are integrated into. This device is equipped with the following function. The clock inputs 33.1776 MHz from outside and operates at 4-times frequency (approx. 133 MHz) internally.

Feature

• Original Hitachi SuperH architecture

• Object code level compatible with SH-1, SH-2 and SH-3

• 32-bit RISC-type instruction set

- Instruction length: 16-bit fixed length

- Improved code efficiency

- Load-store architecture

- Delayed branch instructions

- Instruction set oriented for C language

• Five-stage pipeline

• Instruction execution time: one instruction/cycle for basic instructions

• General-register: Sixteen 32-bit general registers

• Control-register: Eight 32-bit control registers

• System-register: Four 32-bit system registers

• 32-bit internal data bus

• Logical address space: 4G bytes

• Space indentifier ASID: 8 bits, 256 logical address space

• Abundant Peripheral Functions

- Memory Management Unit (MMU)

- User Break Controller (UBC)

- Bus state Controller (BSC)

- Direct Memory Access Controller (DMAC)

- Clock Pulse Generator (CPG)

- Watchdog Timer (WDT)

- Timer Unit (TMU)

- Realtime Clock (RTC)

- Serial Communication Interface (SCI)

- Smartcard Interface

- Serial Communication Interface with FIFO (SCIF)

- 10-bitits A/D converter (ADC)

- 8-bitit D/A converter (DAC)

- Hitachi User Debugging Interface (H-UDI)

- Advanced User Debugger (AUD)

2.1.2 LH28F320BFHE-PBTLZA (IC12): pin-48, TSOP (32

Mbit FLASH MEMORY)

This is a flash memory writing program and is also used for the registration data, such as telephone directory. 32 Mbit area is divided into 2 for every 16 Mbit; the lower-order and higher-order address sides are used for the program and for the registration data, respectively.

5 – 1

FO-DC635U

2.1.3 W9864G6EH-7 (IC25): pin-54, TSOP (64 Mbit SDRAM)

The program stored in the flash memory (IC12) mentioned in the above item 2) is downloaded to this SDRAM and used as a program execution memory. It is also used as various work memories and communication buffers.

MMU

TLB

CCN

CACHE

H-UDI

INTC

CPG/WDT

IBUS1IBUS2

BRIDGE

LBUS

CPU

UBC

AUD

BSC

DMAC

CMT

SCI

TMU

PERIPHERAL BUS 1PERIPHERAL BUS 2

RTC

SCIF

ADC

DAC

Legend: ADC: AUD: BSC: CACHE: CCN: CMT: CPG/WDT: CPU: DAC:

EXTERNAL BUS

INTERFACE

A/D converter Advanced user debugger Bus state controller Cache memory Cache memory controller Compare match timer Clock pulse generator/watchdog timer Central processing unit D/A converter

Fig. 2 HD6417706F133 BLOCK DIAGRAM

I/O PORT

DMAC: H-UDI: INTC: MMU: RTC: SCI: SCIF: TLB: TMU: UBC:

5 – 2

Direct memory access controller Hitachi user-debugging interface Interrupt controller Memory management unit Realtime clock Serial communication interface (with smart card interface) Serial communication interface (with FIFO) Address translation buffer Timer unit User break controller

HD6417706F133 (IC24) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function

1—

2 O XTAL2 On-chip RTC crystal oscillator pin 3 I EXTAL2 On-chip RTC crystal oscillator pin 4—

5 I/O D31/PTB[7] Data bus/input/output port B 6 I/O D30/PTB[6] Data bus/input/output port B 7 I/O D29/PTB[5] Data bus/input/output port B 8 I/O D28/PTB[4] Data bus/input/output port B

9 I/O D27/PTB[3] Data bus/input/output port B 10 I/O D26/PTB[2] Data bus/input/output port B 11 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 12 I/O D25/PTB[1] Data bus/input/output port B 13 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 14 I/O D24/PTB[0] Data bus/input/output port B 15 I/O D23/PTA[7] Data bus/input/output port A 16 I/O D22/PTA[6] Data bus/input/output port A 17 I/O D21/PTA[5] Data bus/input/output port A 18 I/O D20/PTA[4] Data bus/input/output port A 19 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 20 I/O D19/PTA[3] Data bus/input/output port A 21 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 22 I/O D18/PTA[2] Data bus/input/output port A 23 I/O D17/PTA[1] Data bus/input/output port A 24 I/O D16/PTA[0] Data bus/input/output port A 25 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 26 I/O D15 Data bus 27 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 28 I/O D14 Data bus 29 I/O D13 Data bus 30 I/O D12 Data bus 31 I/O D11 Data bus 32 I/O D10 Data bus 33 I/O D9 Data bus 34 I/O D8 Data bus 35 I/O D7 Data bus 36 I/O D6 Data bus 37 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 38 I/O D5 Data bus 39 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 40 I/O D4 Data bus 41 I/O D3 Data bus 42 I/O D2 Data bus 43 I/O D1 Data bus 44 I/O D0 Data bus 45 O A0 Address bus 46 O A1 Address bus 47 O A2 Address bus 48 O A3 Address bus 49 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 50 O A4 Address bus 51 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 52 O A5 Address bus 53 O A6 Address bus 54 O A7 Address bus 55 O A8 Address bus 56 O A9 Address bus 57 O A10 Address bus 58 O A11 Address bus 59 O A12 Address bus 60 O A13 Address bus 61 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 62 O A14 Address bus 63 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V)

Vcc-RTC*

Vss-RTC*

1

RTC power supply (1.9 V)

1

RTC power supply (0 V)

FO-DC635U

PIN I/O Name Function

64 O A15 Address bus 65 O A16 Address bus 66 O A17 Address bus 67 O A18 Address bus 68 O A19 Address bus 69 O A20 Address bus 70 O A21 Address bus 71 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 72 O A22 Address bus 73 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 74 O A23 Address bus 75 O A24 Address bus 76 O A25 Address bus 77 O/

78 O RD- Read strobe 79 O WE-/

80 O WE1-/

81 O/O/

82 O/O/

83 O RD/WR- Read/write 84 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 85 O CS0- Chip select 86 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 87 O/

88 O/

89 O/

90 O/O/

91 O/O/

92 O/

93 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 94 O/

95 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 96 O/

97 O/

98 O/

99 O/

100 O/

101 I/I/O IOIS16-/

102 O BACK- Bus acknowledge 103 I BREQ- Bus request 104 I WAIT- Hardware wait request 105 O/I/O DACK0/

BS-/PTC[0] Bus cycle start signal/ input/output

I/O

DQMLL-

DQMLU-/ WE-

WE2-/

O/I/O

DQMUL-/ ICIORD/ PTC[1] WE2-/

O/I/O

DQMUU-/ ICIOWR/ PTC[2]

CS2-/PTC[3] Chip select 2/input/output port C

I/O

CS3-/PTC[4] Chip select 3/input/output port C

I/O

CS4-/PTC[5] Chip select 4/input/output port C

I/O

CS5-/CE1A/

I/O

PTC[6] CS6-/CE1B/

I/O

PTC[7] CE2A-/

I/O

PTD[6]

CE2B-/

I/O

PTD[7]

RASL-/

I/O

PTD[0] RASU-/

I/O

PTD[1] CASL-/

I/O

PTD[2] CASL-/

I/O

PTD[3] CKE/PTD[4] CK enable(SDRAM)/input/output

I/O

PTD[5]

PTE[0]

port C

D7-D0 select signal/ DQM (SDRAM)

D15-D8 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/write strobe (PCMCIA)

D23-D16 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/PCMCIA input/output read/ input/output port C

D31-D24 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/PCMCIAinput/output write/ input/output port C

Chip select 5/CE1 (area 5 PCMCIA)/ input/output port C

Chip select 6/CE1 (area 6 PCMCIA)/ input/output port C

Area 5 PCMCIA CE2/ input/output port D

Area 6 PCMCIA CE2/ input/output port D

Lower 32 Mbytes address RAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Upper 32 Mbytes address RAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Lower 32 Mbytes address CAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Upper 32 Mbytes address CAS(SDRAM)/input output port D

port D IOIS16(PCMCIA)/input port D

DMA acknowledge 0/input/output port E

5 – 3

FO-DC635U

HD6417706F133 (IC24) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function

106 O/I/O DACK1/

PTE[1]

107 O/I/O DRAK0/

PTE[2]

108 O/I/O DRAK1/

PTE[3]

109 I/O AUDATA[0]/

DMA acknowledge 1/input/output port E

DMA request acknowledge/input/ output port E

AUD data/ input/output port F

PTF[0]

110 I/O AUDATA[1]/

AUD data/ input/output port F

PTF[1]

111 I/O AUDATA[2]/

AUD data/ input/output port F

PTF[2]

112 I/O AUDATA[3]/

AUD data/ input/output port F

PTF[3]

113 O/I/O AUDSYNC-/

PTF[4]

AUD synchronous/ input/output port

F 114 I TDI/PTG[0] Data input(H-UDI)/input port G 115 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 116 I TCK/PTG[1] Clock(H-UDI)/input port G 117 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 118 I TMS/PTG[2] Mode select(H-UDI)/input port G 119 I TR ST-/

Reset(H-UDI)/input port G

PTG[3]

120 O/I/O TDO/PTF[5] Data output(H-UDI)/input/output port

F 121 O/I/O ASEBRKAK-

/PTF[6] 122 I

123 —

ASEMD0-*

Vcc-PLL1*

ASE break acknowledge(H-UDI)/ input/output port F

3

ASE mode(H-UDI)

2

PLL1 power supply (1.9 V)

124 — CAP1 PLL1 external capacitance pin

2

125 —

126 —

Vss-PLL1*

Vss-PLL2*

PLL1 power supply (0 V)

2

PLL2 power supply (0 V)

127 — CAP2 PLL2 external capacitance pin 128 —

Vcc-PLL2*

2

PLL2 power supply (1.9 V)

129 I MD1 Clock mode setting 130 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 131 O XTAL Clock oscillator pin 132 I EXTAL External clock/crystal oscillator pin 133 O/I/O STATUS0/

Processor status/input/output port E

PTE[4] 134 O/I/O STATUS1/

Processor status/input/output port E

PTE[5] 135 I/O TCLK/

PTE[6] 136 O/I/O IRQOUT-/

PTE[7]

TMU or RTC clock input/output/ input/output port E Interrupt request notification/output/

input/output port E 137 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 138 I/O CKIO System clock input/output 139 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 140 O TxD0/

SCI transmit data 0/SC port

SCPT[0]

141 I/O SCK0/

SCI clock 0/SC port

SCPT[1]

Notes:

*1 Must be connected to the power supply even when the RTC is not used.

*2 Must be connected to the power supply even when the on-chip PLL circuits are not used.(EXcept in hardware standby mode.)

*3 Must be high level when the user system is used independently without using the emulator or H-UDI.

1. Except in hardware standby mode, all Vcc/Vss pins must be connected to the system power supply. (Supply power constantly.) In hardware standby mode, power must be supplied at least to Vcc-RTC and Vss-RTC. If power is not supplied to Vcc and Vss pins other than Vcc-RTC and VssRTC, hold the CA pin low.

2. A1, A2, A3, A7, A12, B1, C4, C7, D1, D2, D4, D7, D14, D15, E1, E2, E3, E4, F14, F17, G17, H14, H15, K14, P14, R10, T13, T15, T16, U11, U15, and U16 must be connected to Vss.

PIN I/O Name Function

142 O TxD2/

SCIF transmit data 2/SC port

SCPT[2]

143 I/O SCK2/

SCIF clock 2/SC port

SCP[3]

144 O/I/O RTS2-/

SCIF transmit request 2/SC port

SCPT[4]

145 I RxD0/

SCI receive data 0/SC port

SCPT[0]

146 I RxD2/

SCIF receive data 2/SC port

SCPT[2]

147 I CTS2-/

IRQ5/

SCIF transmit clear/external interruption request/SC port

SCPT[5] 148 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 149 I RESETM- Manual reset request 150 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 151 I/I/I/O IRQ0/IRL0-/

PTH[0] 152 I/I/I/O IRQ1/IRL1-/

PTH[1] 153 I/I/I/O IRQ2/IRL2-/

PTH[2] 154 I/I/I/O IRQ3/IRL3-/

PTH[3]

External interrupt request/input/output port H External interrupt request/input/output port H External interrupt request/input/output port H External interrupt request/input/output port H

155 I/I/O IRQ4/PTH[4] External interrupt request/input/out-

put port H 156 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 157 I NMI Nonmaskable interrupt request 158 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 159 I AUDCK/

AUD clock/input port G

PTG[4]

160 I/I/O DREQ0-/

DMA request/input/output port H

PTH[5]

161 I/I/O DREQ1-/

DMA request/input/output port H

PTH[6]

162 I ADTRG-/

Analog trigger/input port G

PTG[5] 163 I MD0 Clock mode setting 164 I MD2 Clock mode setting 165 I RESETP- Power-on reset request 166 I CA Chip activate/hardware standby

request 167 I MD3 Area 0 bus width setting 168 I MD4 Area 0 bus width setting 169 I MD5 Endian setting 170 — AVss Analog power supply (0 V) 171 I AN[0]/PTJ[0] A/D converter input/input port J 172 I AN[1]/PTJ[1] A/D converter input/input port J 173 I/O/I AN2[2]/

DA[1]/PTJ[2]

174 I/O/I AN3[3]/

DA[0]/PTJ[3]

A/D converter input/ D/A converter

output/ input port J

A/D converter input/ D/A converter

output/ input port J 175 — AVcc Analog power supply (3.3 V) 176 — AVss Analog power supply (0 V)

5 – 4

2.1.4 LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6): pin-216, QFP (MAIN ASIC)

The device is the embed-array, which has the following functions.

1) CPU interface

The block has the following functions.

That is, mapping executed in memory areas CS0 and CS4, that are generated by main CPU (SH-3), and then wait control and access control to the peripheral devices.

2) NOR type flash memory interface

The block has control the protections to each block of a NOR flash memory. The NOR flash memory is used as two provided blocks; programming memory block and the entry and history data block.

3) NAND type flash memory interface

The block has the following functions. That is, access control to flash memory (standard setting memory and optional setting memory), and generates ECC code at accessing NAND flash memory.

4) DMA request control

The block has the following functions. That is, generate the two internal DMA requests; read request from FIFO buffer for encodes and write request from FIFO buffer for decodes. And set each request to the DMA request channels, ch0 and ch1 by setting register.

5) Interrupt request control

The block has the following functions. That is, encode interrupt request signal code by each generated interrupt priority level. And then at the each interrupt, set priority level, mask and clear interrupt factor.

FO-DC635U

6) CIS control and image processing

The block has the following functions. That is control the CIS and A/D converts the scanning image data from analogue to digital, and executes the converted image data processing.

7) Print image processing and output printing data

The block has the following functions. That is, converts the image data for printing into 400dpi, and applies smoothing processing. And then, output the printing data, according to /HSYNC signal from PCU.

8) CODEC

The block has the following functions. The One, the encoding from the image data (bit map data) in the page memory to the code data (MMR/MH) in the system memory. The other, the decoding from the code data (MMR/MH) in system memory to the image data (bit map data) in the page memory.

9) Page memory (SDRAM) interface

SDRAM is used as Page memory. The block has the controller of SDRAM and the arbiter of the accesses to SDRAM.

10)Scanner motor control

The block has the following function. That is, controls the PWM current control type stepping motor driver that uses a bipolar drive scheme.

11)Panel/LCD control

The block has I/O port for key sense and LCD control.

CLOCK DIVIDER BLOCK

DMA REQUEST

CONTROL BLOCK

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH0)BLOCK

JBIG CODEC

(CH0)

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH0)BLOCK

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH1)BLOCK

JBIG CODEC

(CH1)

RUN-LENGTH ENCODE

FIFO(CH1)BLOCK

CPU INTERFACE

DREQ IREQ

BUS INTERFACE

(BUS OR CIRCUIT)

INTERRUPT REQUEST

CONTROL BLOCK

PRINTING DATA

PROCESSING BLOCK

PRINTING IMAGE

DATA PROCESSING

BLOCK

MMR/MH FIFO

BLOCK

AT DECODE MODE

MMR/MH CODEC

MMR/MH FIFO

BLOCK

AT ENCODE MODE

S/P CONVERSION

&FIFOBLOCK

SDRAM

CONTROLLER

REQ

ARBITER

REQ

SCANNER MOTOR CONTROL BLOCK

PANEL/LCD

CONTROL BLOCK

SCANNING IMAGE

DATA PROCESSING

BLOCK(INCLUDE ADC)

Fig. 3 LC272D0BT-WA6 BLOCK DIAGRAM

5 – 5

FO-DC635U

LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

P

1 VSS Ground 55 P VSS Ground 2 D7 Data bus 56 O XNICACK Acknowledge signal for NIC

B B

3 D6 Data bus 57 I XNICINT Interrupt request from NIC board

B

4 D5 Data bus 58 O XNICCS Chip select (NIC Board)

B

5 D4 Data bus 59 O XJBG1 Reserved 6 D3 Data bus 60 O XJBG0 Reserved

B

7 D2 Data bus 61 B MAD0 Data bus of page memory

B

8 D1 Data bus 62 B MAD1 Data bus of page memory

B

9 D0 Data bus 63 P VDD Power supply

B 10 I 64 P VSS Ground 11 I XCS4 65 B MAD2 Data bus of page memory 12 O DMA acknowledge (Ch0) 66 B MAD3 Data bus of page memory 13 O XDACK1 DMA acknowledge (Ch1) 67 B MAD4 Data bus of page memory 14 O XDRAK0 DMA request acknowledge (Ch0) 68 B MAD5 Data bus of page memory 15 O XDRAK1 DMA request acknowledge (Ch1) 69 B MAD6 Data bus of page memory 16 I XDREQ0 70 B MAD7 Data bus of page memory 17 I XDREQ1 71 B MAD8 Data bus of page memory 18 P VDD Power supply 19 P VSS Ground 73 PV SS Ground 20 O XFLCS Chip select (Flash memory) 74 B MAD9 Data bus of page memory 21 I XFLSHINTA Interrupt request of flash memory 75 B MAD10 Data bus of page memory 22 I XFLSHINTB Interrupt request of flash memory 76 B MAD11 Data bus of page memory 23 O XINT0 Interrupt request signal 77 B MAD12 Data bus of page memory 24 O XINT1 Interrupt request signal 78 B MAD13 Data bus of page memory 25 O XINT2 Interrupt request signal 79 B MAD14 Data bus of page memory 26 O XINT3 Interrupt request signal 80 B MAD15 Data bus of page memory 27 O XPGMCS 81 P VDD Power supply 28 O XWROUT 82 P VSS Ground 29 O XRDOUT 83 O SDCLK Clock of page memory 30 O XWAIT Wait request signal 84 O DQMUL Data mask of page memory 31 I XBUSYDP Busy signal of Dual port RAM 85 CKE CK enable of page memory 32 I XMDMINT1 86 O CASB CAS of page memory 33 I XMDMINT0 87 O RASB RAS of page memory 34 O XMDMCS1 35 O XMDMCS0 Chip select (Modem Chip 0) 89 XCSDRM0 Chip select of page memory 36 P VDD Power supply 90 VDD Power supply 37 P VSS Ground 91 P VSS Ground 38 I XINPRT 92 MA0 Address bus of page memory 39 O XOUTPRT Print block clock out 93 O MA1 Address bus of page memory 40 P VSS Ground 94 O MA2 Address bus of page memory 41 I TODB Top of data 95 O MA3 Address bus of page memory 42 I HSYNC Synchronous signal of horizontal anxious 96 MA4 Address bus of page memory 43 O PDATA Print data 97 O MA5 Address bus of page memory 44 I XJBGINT1 Reserved 98 MA6 Address bus of page memory 45 I XJBGINT0 Reserved 99 VDD 46 I XSGAINT Interrupt request from modem chip 0 100 P VSS Ground 47 I XSBGA Chip select (Sub Gate array) 101 O MA7 Address bus of page memory 48 I JBGDREQ00 Reserved 102 O MA8 Address bus of page memory 49 I JBGDREQ01 Reserved 103 O MA9 Address bus of page memory 50 I JBGDREQ10 Reserved 104 O MA10 Address bus of page memory 51 I JBGDREQ11 Reserved 105 O MA11 Address bus of page memory 52 O XJBGACK1 Reserved 106 O MA12 Address bus of page memory 53 O XJBGACK0 Reserved 107 O MA13 Address bus of page memory 54 P VDD Power supply 108 P VDD Power supply

XCS0

XDACK0

Chip select (Erea 0)

Chip select (Erea 4)

DMA request (Ch0)

DMA request (Ch1)

Chip select (Program memory) Write strobe signal

Read strobe signal

Interrupt request from modem chip 1 Interrupt request from modem chip 0

Chip select (Modem Chip 1)

Print block clock in

72

88 DWEB Write strobe of page memory

VDD Power supply

P

O

O O

P

O

O P

Power supply

5 – 6

LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

109 P VSS Ground 163 P VSS Ground 110 I TEST0 Test pin 0 164 O TXAI1 Current control 1 (Phase A) 111 I TEST1 Test pin 1 165 O TXAI0 Current control 0 (Phase A) 112 I XINSC Image block Clock in 166 O CRNT0 Current change signal 0 113 O XOUTSC 167 O CRNT1 Current change signal 1 114 P VSS Ground 168 O XLBE Low byte(D7-D0) enable signal 115 O TOUT Test pin 169 I XRESET System Reset Signal 116 O LININT Monitor for line interval signal 170 O XMANRES Manual Reset Signal 117 O SAMP Monitor for sampling point 171 O XNANDOPCS Chip select (Optional memory) 118 O Line shift clock (CIS) 172 O XNANDSTDCS Chip select (Standard memory) 119 O CLK1 Transfer clock (CIS) 173 O XNANDRD Read signal (Nand flash) 120 P AVDD Power supply (Analogue) 174 O XNANDWR Write signal (Nand flash) 121 P AVSS Analogue Ground 175 O XWP0 122 I ADREFL 176 O XWP1 123 I TEMP 177 O ALEO Address latch enable (Flash memory) 124 I AVO Video signal for scanning 178 O CLEO Command latch enable (Flash memory) 125 O ATAPH 179 I SHCK CPU Outer bus Clock 126 P AVDD Power supply (Analogue) 180 P VDD Power supply 127 P AVSS Analogue Ground 181 P VSS Ground 128 P VDD Power supply 182 I RXW Read/Write signal 129 P VSS Ground 183 I XBS Bus cycle start signal 130 O PLTSW Plate SW detect 184 I A25 Address bus bit25 131 O BKLON Back light on/off control 185 I A24 Address bus bit24 132 I SEN7 Key sense signal 186 I A23 Address bus bit23 133 I SEN6 Key sense signal 187 I A22 Address bus bit22 134 I SEN5 Key sense signal 188 I A21 Address bus bit21 135 I SEN4 Key sense signal 189 I A20 Address bus bit20 136 I SEN3 Key sense signal 190 I A13 Address bus bit13 137 I SEN2 Key sense signal 191 I A12 Address bus bit12 138 I SEN1 Key sense signal 192 I A11 Address bus bit11 139 I SEN0 Key sense signal 193 I A10 Address bus bit10 140 B LD15 LED 194 I A9 Address bus bit9 141 B LD14 LED 195 I A8 Address bus bit8 142 B LD13 LCD drive signal 196 I A7 Address bus bit7 143 B LD12 LCD drive signal 197 I A6 Address bus bit6 144 P VDD Power supply 198 P VDD Power supply 145 P VSS Ground 199 P VSS Ground 146 B LD11 Reserved 200 I A5 Address bus bit5 147 B LD10 Reserved 201 I A4 Address bus bit4 148 B LD9 Reserved 202 I A3 Address bus bit3 149 B LD8 Reserved 203 I A2 Address bus bit2 150 B LD7 LCD drive 204 I A1 Address bus bit1 151 B LD6 LCD drive 205 I A0 Address bus bit0 152 B LD5 LED/LCD drive 206 B XWE0 D7-D0 select signal 153 BL D4 LED/LCD drive 207 B XOPDEN Bus buffer enable control 154 B LD3 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 208 B D15 Data bus bit15 155 B LD2 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 209 B D14 Data bus bit14 156 B LD1 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 210 B D13 Data bus bit13 157 B LD0 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 211 B D12 Data bus bit12 158 O TXB Current direction (Phase B) 212 B D11 Data bus bit11 159 O TXBI1 Current control 1 (Phase B) 213 B D10 Data bus bit10 160 O TXBI0 Current control 0 (Phase B) 214 B D9 Data bus bit9 161 O TXA Current direction (Phase A) 215 B D8 Data bus bit8 162 P VDD Power supply 216 P VDD Power supply

SH

Image block Clock out

Low reference voltage (ADC) Temperature detect

High reference voltage (ADC)

Write protect (Standard) Write protect (Optional)

FO-DC635U

5 – 7

FO-DC635U

2.1.5 LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21): pin-208, QFP (SUB ASIC)

The device is the gate-array, which has the following functions.

1) PCU (Print Control Unit) interface

The block has the serial communication to PCU, and using this circuitry, controls/detects PCU.

2) I/O port

The block has the following functions; LIU interface, Speaker control and sensor detect, which are controlled with software.

3) Generator of buzzer’s frequency

The block has the generated buzzer’s frequency by the software.

INTERFACE BLOCK

16BIT

BUS INTERFACE

(BUS OR CIRCUIT)

INT

CPU

4) RTC (Real Time Clock) LSI control

Using serial communication to RTC, the device set and read the time.

5) Verification stamp control

The software control on/off of the verification stamp. And the control block has hardware timer instead of the continuous stamp-on status.

6) Original sensor detect

The software detects the original sensor. And then the control block has the generated interrupt circuitry by detecting the sensor signal risen/fallen.

PCU(INCLUDE PCL) INTERFACE BLOCK

GENERATED INTERRUPT

REQUEST BLOCK

RTC LSI

INTERFACE BLOCK

VERIFICATION STAMP

CONTROL BLOCK

GENERATED BUZZER'S

FREQUENCY BLOCK

ORG SENSOR

DETECT BLOCK

NIC BOARD

INTERFACE

GPIO BLOCK

LIU CH0,CH1 I/F

SPEAKER CONTROL

SENSOR DETECT

Fig. 4 LC24199B-WJ0-E BLOCK DIAGRAM

5 – 8

LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

1 VSS 53 P VSS Ground

P

-

I O O O

O

O O

I

-

N.C

PDATAM

2 Not connect 54 N.C Not connect 3 XCI1 CI detect signal 55 B DPOPCL10 GPO bus for PCL board 4 ERLY0 Reserved for 200V 56 B DPOPCL11 GPO bus for PCL board 5 GAINC0 Reserved for 200V 57 B DPOPCL12 GPO bus for PCL board 6 DPMUTE0 Reserved for 200V 58 B DPOPCL13 GPO bus for PCL board 7 CML0 CML relay control signal 59 B DPOPCL14 GPO bus for PCL board 8 TXMUTE0 Mute control for TX signal 60 B DPOPCL15 GPO bus for PCL board

9 DPON0 Active choke control 61 DPAPCL0 Address bus for NIC board (PCL) 10 I XEXHS0 Hook detect signal for external telephone 62 DPAPCL1 11 I XCI0 CI detect signal 63 12 Print data form main 64 DPAPCL3 13 O CTBSYB Controller status busy 65 DPAPCL4 14 O CPRDYB Controller power ready 66 DPAPCL5 15 I ETBSYB Engine status busy 67 DPAPCL6 16 P VDD Power supply 68 VDD Power supply 17 P VSS Ground 69 VSS Ground 18 I PRRDYB Printer ready 70 DPAPCL7 19 I EPRDYB Engine power ready 71 DPAPCL8 20 O PDATA Video data of printer 72 DPAPCL9 21 O PCURESB PCU reset signal 73 DPAPCL10 22 O PCLK Serial communication clock 23 I PSTS Status data from PCU 75 DPAPCL12 24 O PCMD Command data to PCU 76 DPAPCL13 25 I CTBSYPCLB Controller status busy in PCL mode 77 DPAPCL14 26 I CPRDYPCLB Controller power ready in PCL mode 78 DPAPCL15 27 O ETBSYPCLB Engine status busy in PCL mode 79 DPAPCL16 28 O PRRDYPCLB Printer ready in PCL mode 80 XCSNICP Chip select signal 29 O EPRDYPCLB Engine power ready in PCL mode 81 30 I PDATAINPCL Video data from PCL 82 B DPONIC1 DPO bus for NIC board 31 O PCLRESB PCL reset signal 83 B DPONIC2 DPO bus for NIC board 32 O XNICACKP Acknowledge signal for NIC in PCL mode 84 B DPONIC3 33 I RXWP READ/WRITE signal from PCL DPONIC4 34 P VDD Power supply 86 VDD Power supply 35 P VSS Ground 87 P VSS Ground 36 I PCLKPCL Serial communication clock in PCL mode 88 DPONIC5 37 O PSTSPCL Status data from PCU in PCL mode 89 B DPONIC6 38 I PCMDPCL Command data to PCL in PCL mode 90 B DPONIC7 39 O PACK Printing acknowledge signal 91 B DPONIC8 40 I PREQ Printing request signal 92 B DPONIC9 DPO bus for NIC board 41 B DPOPCL0 GPO bus for PCL board 93 B DPONIC10 42 B DPOPCL1 GPO bus for PCL board 94 B DPONIC11 43 B DPOPCL2 GPO bus for PCL board 95 B DPONIC12 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 44 B DPOPCL3 GPO bus for PCL board 96 B DPONIC13 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 45 B DPOPCL4 GPO bus for PCL board 97 B DPONIC14 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 46 B DPOPCL5 GPO bus for PCL board 98 B DPONIC15 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 47 B DPOPCL6 GPO bus for PCL board 99 O NICRESB Reset for NIC 48 B DPOPCL7 GPO bus for PCL board 100 O RXWNIC R/W signal for NIC 49 B DPOPCL8 GPO bus for PCL board 101 O XNICACKH XACK to HOST 50 B DPOPCL9 GPO bus for PCL board 102 O XCSNIC Chip Select Signal for NIC 51 N.C Not connect 103 N.C Not connect 52 P VDD Power supply 104 P VDD Power supply

Ground

85

74

-

I I

DPAPCL2

I I I I

I P P

I

DPAPCL11

I

I I

I

I B

DPONIC0 DPO bus for NIC board

B P

B

Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL)

Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL)

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

-

FO-DC635U

5 – 9

FO-DC635U

LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

105 P VSS Ground 157 P VSS Ground 106 I SDDCT 158 I A3 Address bus 107 I DPANIC0 Address bus for NIC board 159 I A2 Address bus 108 I DPANIC1 Address bus for NIC board 160 I A1 Address bus 109 O DPANIC2 Address bus for NIC board 161 I A0 Address bus 110 P DPANIC3 Address bus for NIC board 162 I XWE Write strobe signal from COSMOS 111 O DPANIC4 Address bus for NIC board 163 I RXW Read/Write Signal 112 O DPANIC5 Address bus for NIC board 164 I XRD Read strobe signal from COSMOS 113 O DPANIC6 Address bus for NIC board 165 B D15 Data bus 114 O DPANIC7 Address bus for NIC board 166 B D14 Data bus 115 O DPANIC8 Address bus for NIC board 167 B D13 Data bus 116 P DPANIC9 Address bus for NIC board 168 B D12 Data bus 117 P DPANIC10 Address bus for NIC board 169 B D11 Data bus 118 I DPANIC11 Address bus for NIC board 170 B D10 Data bus 119 I DPANIC12 Address bus for NIC board 171 B D9 Data bus 120 I VDD Power supply 172 P VDD Power supply 121 O VSS Ground 173 P VSS Ground

-

122 N.C Not connect 174 B D8 123 P DPANIC13 Address bus for NIC board 175 B D7 124 P DPANIC14 Address bus for NIC board 176 B D6 125 P DPANIC15 Address bus for NIC board 177 B D5 126 O DPANIC16 Address bus for NIC board 178 B D4 127 O XCSNICIN 179 B D3 128 I GPIO4 PWSAVE: Power save control for PS-unit 180 B D2 129 I GPIO5 LEDON: Light ON/OFF for LED in CIS 181 B 130 I GPIO6 VPPCN: VPP control of nor flash memory 182 B 131 I GPIO7 XWP: Write protect for nor flash memory 183 N.C Not connect 132 I XNICACK Acknowledge signal for NIC 184 O INTR 133 I XROLSNS Roller position sensor 185 I XRESET 134 I XORGSNS Document sensor 186 I TEST Test pin 135 I XFRSNS Front sensor 187 O RTCCE Chip select (RTC) 136 B XB4FRS B4 width sensor 188 O RTCCK Serial communication clock (RTC) 137 B PLNGON Plunger control signal 189 B RTCDT Serial communication data (RTC) 138 B VDD Power supply 190 P VDD Power supply 139 B VSS Ground 191 P VSS Ground 140 P External bus Clock(33.3MHz) 192 O 141 P Chip select signal 193 O 142 B A16 Address bus 194 O 143 B A15 Address bus 195 O 144 B A14 Address bus 196 O 145 B A13 Address bus 197 O 146 B A12 Address bus 198 O 147 B A11 Address bus 199 O Buzzer signal 148 B A10 Address bus 200 O 149 B A9 Address bus 201 O Reserved for 200V 150 B A8 Address bus 202 O DPMUTE1 151 B A7 Address bus 203 O 152 B A6 Address bus 204 O TXMUTE1 Mute control for TX signal 153 B A5 Address bus 205 O DPON1 Active choke control 154 O A4 Address bus 206 O MONSEL Monitor select/DC character measured 155 N.C Not connect 207 N.C Not connect 156 P VDD Power supply 208 P VDD Power supply

SHCLK

XCS

-

SD DICT in

Chip select of NIC in FAX mode

D1

-

XMDMRST1 XMDMRST0

SPMUTE VOLC VOLB VOLA BZOUT

GAINC1

ERLY1

-

Data bus Data bus

Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data busD0

Interrupt request signal

Reset signal

Reset signal for modem chip 1 Reset signal for modem chip 0 Change control of sound sourceBZCONT

Speaker mute control signal

Speaker volume control signal

Speaker volume control signal Speaker volume control signal

Reserved for 200V

Reserved for 200V CML relay control signalCML1

2.1.6 SM8578BV (IC22): pin-8, SOP (Real time clock IC)

It is oscillated with the quartz oscillator of 32.768 kHz, and the clock and calendar functions are provided. Even if the power supply of the main body is turned off, it is backed up with lithium battery (BAT1). This device executes the clock-synchronous type serial communication with the Sub ASIC, and CPU can know the time and date through the Sub ASIC.

5 – 10

2.2. Backup memory block

This block consists of flash memory for the image memory and 256 Kbit SRAM backed up with a battery. The image memory has a standard capacity of 8 Mbytes, and it is possible to extend the memory to 16 Mbytes in total by installing the option memory FO-8MK to the connector CNOP1.

2.2.1 TC58DVM72A (IC26)... pin-48, TSOP (128 Mbit NAND FLASH)

This is non-volatile memory whose contents are not deleted even when the power is turned off. 8 Mbytes are available as an area for storing the encoded data of the copies or transmitted/received images. It is controlled via the above-mentioned MAIN ASIC (IC6).

2.2.2 CS18LV02563 (IC19)... pin-28, SOP (256 Kbit SRAM)

Operation information before shutting off the power supply, user setting content and soft switch content are stored. Even if the power supply of the main body is turned off, it is backed up with a lithium battery (BAT1).

2.3. Modem block

The block is mainly composed of the G3 FAX modem FM336PLus (IC30), and is provided with the following modem function.

2.3.1 G3 FAX modem

The modem satisfies the requirements specified in ITU-T recommendations V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, V.21, and meets the binary signaling requirements of V.8 and T.30 with Annex F.

Internal HDLC support eliminates the need for an external serial input/ output (SIO) device in the DTE for products incorporating error detection and T.30 protocol. The modem can perform HDLC framing per T.30 at all data speeds. CRC generation/checking along with zero insertion/deletion enhances SDLC/HDLC frame operations. Two FSK (V.21 Ch. 1 and V.21 Ch. 2) flag pattern detectors facilitate FSK detection during high-speed reception. The modem features a programmable DTMF transmitter/receiver and three programmable tone detectors.

FO-DC635U

• TTL and CMOS compatible DTE interface

- ITU-T V.24 (EIA/TIA-232-E) (data/control)

- Microprocessor bus (data/configuration/control)

• Receive dynamic range:

- 0 dBm to -43 dBm for V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27ter and V.21

- -9 dBm to -43 dBm for V.34 half-duplex

• Caller ID Demodulation

• Single tone detection in Data Mode

• ADPCM Voice Mode (Conexant Proprietary)

• Programmable RSLD turn-on and turn-off thresholds

• Programmable transmit level: 0 to -15 dBm

• Adjustable speaker output to monitor received signal

• DMA support for interrupt lines

• Two 16-byte FIFO data buffers for burst data transfer with extension up to 255 bytes

• Diagnostic capability

• V.21 Channel 1 Flag detect and V.21 Channel 2 Flag detect

• +3.3 V operation with +5 V tolerant inputs

• +5 V analog signal interface

• 100-pin PQFP package

• Typical power consumption

- Normal mode:

VDD1 = 250 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 35 mW (+5 V for IA)

- Sleep mode:

VDD1 = 20 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 0.1 mW (+5 V for IA)

2.3.2 Features

• 2-wire half-duplex fax modem modes with send and receive data rates up to 33.6 kbps.

- V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, and V.21 Channel 2

- Short train option in V.17 and V.27 ter

• 2-wire duplex data modem modes

- V.21, V.23 (75 bps TX/1200 bps RX or 1200 bps TX/75 bps RX)

• PSTN session starting

- V.8 and V.8 bis signaling

• HDLC support at all speeds

- Flag generation, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32 calculation and generation

- Flag detection, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32 check sum error detection

- FSK flag pattern detection during high-speed receiving

• Tone modes and features

- Programmable single or dual tone generation

- DTMF receiver

- Tone detection with three programmable tone detectors

• Serial and parallel synchronous data

• Automatic Rate Adaptation (ARA) in V.34 half-duplex

• Auto-dial and auto-answer control

5 – 11

FO-DC635U

2.3.3 Configurations, Signaling Rates, and Data Rates

Configuration Modulation Carrier Frequency

(Hz) ± 0.01%

V.90 PCM PCM — 56000 R/V.34

Data Rate

(bps) ± 0.01%

Symbol Rate

(Symbols/Sec.)

Bits/Symbol

Data

Bits/Symbol

TCM

8000 Dynamic — —

Constellation

Points

rates T(Note 4)

3

V. 34 33600 TCM

V. 34 31200 TCM

V. 34 28800 TCM

V. 34 26400 TCM

V. 34 24000 TCM

V. 34 21600 TCM

V. 34 19200 TCM

V. 34 16800 TCM

V. 34 14400 TCM

V. 34 12000 TCM

V. 34 9600 TCM

V. 34 7200 TCM

V. 34 4800 TCM

V. 34 2400 TCM

TCM Note 2 33600 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 31200 3200 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 28800 3000 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 26400 2800 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 24000 2800 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 21600 2400 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 19200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 16800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 14400 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 12000 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 9600 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 7200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 4800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

3

TCM Note 2 2400 2400 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

V. 32 bis 14400 TCM TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128 V. 32 bis 12000 TCM TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64 V. 32 bis 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 V. 32 bis 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16 V. 32 bis 4800 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4 V. 32 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 V. 32 9600 QAM 1800 9600 2400 4 0 16 V. 32 4800 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4 V. 22 bis 2400 QAM 1200/2400 2400 600 4 0 16 V. 22 bis 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4 V. 22 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4 V. 22 600 DPSK 1200/2400 600 600 1 0 4 V. 23 1200/75 FSK 1700/420 1200/75 1200 1 0 — V. 21 FSK 1080/1750 Up to 300 300 1 0 — Bell 208 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8 Bell 212A DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4 Bell 103 FSK 1170/2125 Up to 300 300 1 0 — V. 17 14400 TCM/V.33 TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128 V. 17 12000 TCM/V.33 TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64 V. 17 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 V. 17 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16 V. 29 9600 QAM 1700 9600 2400 4 0 16 V. 29 7200 QAM 1700 7200 2400 3 0 8 V. 29 4800 QAM 1700 4800 2400 2 0 4 V. 27ter 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8 V. 27ter 2400 DPSK 1800 2400 1200 2 0 4 V. 21 Channel 2 FSK 1750 300 300 1 0 — Notes:

1. Modulation legend: TCM:Trellis-Coded Modulation QAM:Quadrature Amplitude Modulation PCM:Pulse Coded Modulation FSK:Frequency Shift Keying DPSK:Differential Phase Shift Keying

2. Adaptive; established during handshake:

Symbol Rate (Baud) V. 34 Low Carrier Frequency (Hz) V. 34 High Carrier Frequency (Hz)

2400 1600 1800 2800 1680 1867 3000 1800 2000 3200 1829 1920 3429 1959 1959

3. For both duplex and half-duplex modes.

4. Maximum data rate.

5 – 12

FO-DC635U

FM336Plus (IC30) Terminal description

PIN I/O Name Interface PIN I/O Name Interface

1 — RESERVED NC 51 — RESERVED NC 2 IA RS2 HOST Interface 52 GND VSUB — 3 IA RS3 HOST Interface 53 GND VSS — 4 IA RS4 HOST Interface 54 — NC NC 5 IA /CS HOST Interface 55 — NC NC 6 IA /WR HOST Interface 56 MI SLEEP Modem Interconnect 7 IA /RD HOST Interface 57 PWR VDD1 — 8 OA /RDCLK DTE Serial Interface 58 — NC NC

9 OA /RLSD DTE Serial Interface 59 — RESERVED NC 10 OA TDCLK DTE Serial Interface 60 — RESERVED NC 11 IA TXD DTE Serial Interface 61 MI SR1IO Modem Interconnect 12 OA /CTS DTE Serial Interface 62 PWR VCORE — 13 PWR VDD1 — 63 PWR VDD1 — 14 — RESERVED NC 64 IA XTCLK DTE Serial Interface 15 — RESERVED NC 65 GND VSS — 16 GND VSS — 66 — RESERVED NC 17 — NC NC 67 OA RXD DTE Serial Interface 18 IA /RESET Modem Interconnect 68 IA /DTR DTE Serial Interface 19 OA SR4OUT Modem Interconnect 69 PWR VDD1 — 20 — NC NC 70 MI IA_SLEEP Modem Interconnect 21 IA SR4IN Modem Interconnect 71 PWR VGG — 22 OA CLK_OUT Modem Interconnect 72 OA YCLK Overhead Signal 23 OA EYESYNC Diagnostic Signal 73 OA XCLK Overhead Signal 24 OA EYECLK Diagnostic Signal 74 OA EYEXY Diagnostic Signal 25 GND MAVSS — 75 OA /DSR DTE Serial Interface 26 PWR MAVDD — 76 OA /RI Telephone Line Interface 27 O(DF) SPKR Telephone Line Interface 77 IA RINGD Telephone Line Interface 28 O(DD) TXA2 Telephone Line Interface 78 IA /RTS DTE Serial Interface 29 O(DD) TXA1 Telephone Line Interface 79 OA IRQ HOST Interface 30 MI VREF Modem Interconnect 80 GND VSS — 31 MI VC Modem Interconnect 81 MI GP00 Modem Interconnect 32 I(DA) RIN Telephone Line Interface 82 — RESERVED NC 33 AGND MAVSS — 83 — RESERVED NC 34 IA /POR Modem Interconnect 84 PWR VDD1 — 35 — RESERVED NC 85 I XTALI/CLKIN Overhead Signal 36 — RESERVED NC 86 O XTALO Overhead Signal 37 O(DD) /TALK Telephone Line Interface 87 IA/OB D0 HOST Interface 38 PWR VDD — 88 IA/OB D1 HOST Interface 39 — RESERVED NC 89 IA/OB D2 HOST Interface 40 — RESERVED NC 90 IA/OB D3 HOST Interface 41 — NC NC 91 IA/OB D4 HOST Interface 42 IA M_CNTRL_SIN Modem Interconnect 92 PWR VDD1 — 43 IA M_CLKIN Modem Interconnect 93 IA/OB D5 HOST Interface 44 IA M_TXSIN Modem Interconnect 94 IA/OB D6 HOST Interface 45 IA M_SCK Modem Interconnect 95 IA/OB D7 HOST Interface 46 IA M_RXOUT Modem Interconnect 96 IA/OB RS0 HOST Interface 47 IA M_STROBE Modem Interconnect 97 IA/OB RS1 HOST Interface 48 — RESERVED NC 98 PWR PLL_VDD — 49 O(DD) OH Telephone Line Interface 99 GND VSS — 50 PWR VDD — 100 GND PLL_GND —

Notes:

1. I/O types: MI: Modem interconnect IA, IB: Digital input O(DD), O(DF): Analog input I(DA): Analog input OA, OB: Digital output

2. NC= No external connection required. RESERVED= No external connection allowed.

3. Interface Legend:

HOST= Modem Control Unit (Host) DET= Data Terminal Equipment

5 – 13

FO-DC635U

D

2.4. Scanner control block

2.4.1 Image signal process block

The CIS is driven by MAIN ASIC (IC6), and the output video signal from the CIS is input into IC6 through the amplifying circuit.

The ADC and buffer are provided in IC6, and the digital image processing is performed.

2.4.2 Mechanical control block

The mechanical control block is mainly composed of MAIN ASIC to control the following.

1) Scanner motor control

The revolution speed and timing of the scanner motor are controlled to output the control signals to the motor driver (IC3).

2) Verification stamp and LED lamp control

On/off of the end verification and LED lamp of CIS is controlled with the software.

CIS

VIDEO

SIGNAL

AMPLIFIER

CIRCUIT

CLOCK

MAIN ASIC

(IC6)

2.5. Speaker amplifier

The speaker amplifier monitors the line under the on-hook mode, outputs the buzzer sound generated by SUB ASIC, ringer sound, DTMF generated from the modem, and line sound.

2.6. Page memory block

2.6.1 W9864G6EH-7 (IC5): pin-54, TSOP (64Mbit SDRAM)

The page memory block is composed of one SDRAM of 64 Mbits, being commonly used as the image memory. The memory is divided into the page memory for the scanner and the page memory for printing. This memory is controlled by the MAIN ASIC directly.

The page memory for scanner is composed of the partial area of IC5. The image data of approx. one page (except in the super fine mode) of the draft read with the scanner can be stored. They are stored until they are contracted by CODEC function in MAIN ASIC.

The page memory for printing is composed of the remaining areas of IC5 and can store approx. one page of the image data decoded by CODEC function in MAIN ASIC. The data are stored until they are transferred to Printer PWB with the SUB ASIC and printed.

2.7. Driver block

2.7.1 Sending motor driver LB1845 (IC3): 28-pin, DIP

This IC driver at the sending motor at the constant current with the bipolar, chopper system.

PHASE1

VREF1

ENABLE1

Fig. 5

OUT2A

SHOT

OUT2B

8

OUTPUT

BLOCK

PHASE2

OUTPUT

BLOCK

ONE

RC2

CURRENT CONTROL

+

BLOCK

E2

SENSE2

18

+

VREF2

17

ENABLE2

-

19

+

-

I02

21

+

-

I12

20

+

OUT1A

OUT1B

61 9

28

VCC

OUTPUT

BLOCK

TSD

-

25

+

26

-

24

+

-

22

I01

+

-

23

I11

+

OUTPUT

BLOCK

CURRENT CONTROL

BLOCK

3 E1

2

SENSE1

VBB

14

7

OUTPUT

BLOCK

OUTPUT

BLOCK

-

+

ONE

SHOT

27 11 15 16 12 13

RC1

OUTPUT

BLOCK

OUTPUT

BLOCK

4

GND

D-GN

Fig. 6 LB1845 BLOCK DIAGRAM

I

0

I

1

LLVref/ (10 x R

H L Vref/ (15 x RE) = I

L H Vref/ (30 x R

Output Current

) = I

E

OUT

) = I

E

OUT

HH0 Note: When ENABLE = H or I

= I1 = H, the output is in OFF state.

0

x 2/3

x 1/3

[Truth Table]

ENABLE PHASE OUTA OUTB

LHHL LLLH H- OFFOFF

LB1845 (IC3) Terminal description

Pin name Pin No. Pin Description

VBB 1, 14 Output stage power-supply voltage

5 – 14

Pin name Pin No. Pin Description

1.2 ms

0V

1.5 V (TYP) (White original paper)

Approx. 5 V

CISSI

CISCLK

AO

1.52 MHz Approx. 5 V

0V

SENSE1 SENSE2

E1 E2

DGND 4,11 Internal diode anode connection OUT1B OUT1A

OUT2B OUT2A

GND 15 Ground

RC1 RC2

Vref1

Vref2 PHASE1 PHASE2

ENABLE1 ENABLE2

I01, I11 I02, I12

VCC 28 Logic block power supply.

2

13

3

12

6 7 8 9

27 16

26 17 25 18

24 19

22, 23 21, 20

Set current detection pins. Connect these pins, fed back through noise filters, to E1, and E2.

Current control pins by connecting between this pin and GND.

Output pins

Used to set the output off time for the switched output signals.

The fixed off times are set by the capacitors and resistors connected to these pins. t off CR Output current settings

The output current is determined by the voltage (in the range 1.5 to 7.5V) input to these pins. Output phase switching inputs. [H] input: OUT A = high, OUT B = low [L] input: OUT A = low, OUT B = high Output on/off settings [H] input: output OFF

[L] input: output ON Digital inputs that set the output current.

The output currents can be set to 1/3, 2/3, or full by setting these pins to appropriate combinations of high and low levels.

FO-DC635U

2.8. LCD control block

This block consists of the LCD controller and drive voltage generation circuit.

2.8.1 SED1374F0A (IC10): pin-80, QFP (LCD Controller)

The LCD controller SED1374F0A (IC10) conducts direct control to display the bitmap data through the LCD module, which is transferred to the built-in VRAM by the CPU (IC24).

2.8.2 Drive voltage generation circuit

The drive voltage of the LCD module is generated by the booster circuit including the switching regulator S-8358J50MC (IC4). The CPU monitors the ambient temperature of the LCD module using the thermistor, and the temperature adjustment of the LCD’s contrast is performed by controlling the drive voltage.

2.9. Network I/F block

This block establishes interface to the NIC option (FO-LN1) and PCL board option (FO-NP1) through SUB ASIC mentioned in the above item 5). The I/F line (DPO-bus) to NIC is shared with the Fax system on the PCL board, and SUB ASIC assigns a place to connect. The PCU (laser printer engine) is also shared with the Fax system on the PCL board, and the printer master is decided by mutual negotiations via SUB ASIC.

The I/F route is as follows:

1. Fax system to NIC

Makes communication via SUB ASIC.

2. Fax system to PCL board

• Serial Communication: Clock sync serial communication function

• Print Request/Acknowledge: Print request from the PCL board

and response to it

3. NIC to PCL board

Makes communication via SUB ASIC.

4. PCL board to PCU

• Serial Communication: Clock sync serial communication function

• Other signals: The print vertical sync signal (/TOD) and the print

horizontal sync signal (/HSYNC) are connected directly. Signals other than these are connected via SUB ASIC.

[3] Circuit description of CIS unit

1. CIS

CIS is an image sensor which puts the original paper in close contact with the full-size sensor for scanning, being a monochromatic type with the pixel number of 1,728 dots and the main scanning density of 8 dots/mm.

It is composed of sensor, rod lens, LED light source, control circuit and so on, and the reading line and focus are previously adjusted as the unit.

Due to the full-size sensor, the focus distance is so short that the set is changed from the light weight type to the compact type.

2. Waveform

The following clock is supplied from LC272D0BT-WA6 via 74HCT244 on the control board, and AO is output.

Fig. 7

5 – 15

FO-DC635U

[4] Circuit description of LIU PWB

1. LIU block operation description

1.1. Block diagram

LINE

EXT.TEL

SURGE

PROTECTION

CIRCUIT

HS

DETECTOR

HI

LO

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

1.2. Circuit description

The LIU PWB is composed of the following 9 blocks.

1. Surge protection circuit

2. On-hook status detection circuit

3. Dial pulse generation circuit

4. CML relay

5. Matching transformer

6. Hybrid circuit

7. Signal selection

8. CI detection circuit

9. Power supply and bias circuits

LIU

TXOUT

+5V

CML0 CML0

XEXHS0 XEXHS0

XCI0 XCI0

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

+5V

+24VA

DG

CONTROL

SPEAKER

TXA2

TXA1

HI

LO

VREF

LO

HI

RIN

SPKR

HI

LO

HI

LO

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

XESHS0

MONSEL

BZOUTEN

BZCONT

SPMUTE

CML0

XCI0

VOLC VOLB VOLA

SUB ASIC

Fig. 8

1.3.2 On-hook status detection circuit

The on-hook status detection circuit detects the Status of the push speaker key, and the status of the hook of a telephone externally connected.

• External telephone hook status detection circuit (XEXHS0)

This circuit comprises the photo-coupler PC3, resistors R13 and R12, Zener diodes ZD1 and ZD2. When an external telephone is connected and enters the on-hook mode, the LED of photo-coupler PC3 emits light and the light receiving element turns on. The status signal XEXHS0 is input to the pin10 of (SUB ASIC) (IC21: Control PWB).

XEXHS0 LOW: EXT. TEL OFF-HOOK

XEXHS0 HIGH: EXT. TEL ON-HOOK

1.3. Block description

1.3.1 Surge Protection circuit

This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on the telephone line.

• The AR1 protect the circuit from the 390V or higher line surge voltages.

• The AR2 and AR3 protect the circuit from the 500V or higher vertical surge voltages.

• The ZD6 and ZD7 control the voltage generated on the secondary side of matching transformer to 2V.

1.3.3 Dial pulse generation circuit

The pulse dial generation circuit comprises CML.

CML ON: Make

CML OFF: Break

1.3.4 CML relay

The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer T1 while the FAX is being used.

1.3.5 Matching transformer

The matching transformer performs electrical insulation from the telephone line and impedance matching for transmitting the FAX signal.

1.3.6 Hybrid circuit

The hybrid circuit performs 2-wire-to-4-wire conversion using the IC of operational amplifier, transmits the voice transmission signal to the line, and feeds back the voice signal to the voice reception circuit as the side tone.

5 – 16

1.3.7 Signal selection

The following signals are used to control the transmission line of FAX signal. For details, refer to the signal selector matrix table.

[Control signals from output port]

Signal Name Description

Line connecting relay and DP generating relay

CML0

SP MUTE

VOL A VOL B

VOL C (the circuit is located in the

control PWB.)

BZCONT

(the circuit is

located in the

control PWB.)

H: Line make L: Line break

Speaker tone mute control signal H: Muting (Power down mode) L: Muting cancel (Normal operation)

Speaker volume control signal

VRSEL1 VRSEL2 matrix

VOL A

VOL B

L

H

L

VOL C

L L

H

RING./

Receiving

High

Middle

Low

Buzzer

-

High

Low

Speaker output signal switching L: Buzzer signal output H: When monitoring line signal

DTMF

High

Middle

Low

FO-DC635U

[Signals for status recognition according to input signals]

Signal Name Function

XCI0 Incoming call (CI) detection signal

H: The handset or external telephone is in the

XEXHS0

[Other signals]

Signal Name Function

TXOUT

RXIN

No. Signal Name (CNLIU) No. Signal Name (CNLIU)

1RXIN6 CML 2TXOUT7 +5V 3CI8 DG 4 /EXHS 9 +24VA 5 DPON(N.C.)

1.3.8 CI detection circuit

The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15.3 Hz to 68 Hz. A CI signal, which is provided to the photo-coupler PC1 through the C1 (0.82 µF), R6 (22K), and ZD3 and R5 (13K) when the ring signal is inputted from the telephone line.

on-hook state. L: The handset or external telephone in the offhook state.

Transmission (DTMF) analog signal output from modem Reception (DTMF, others) analog signal input into modem

(Example: Fax signal send)

SURGE

PROTECTION

LINE

EXT.TEL

CIRCUIT

HS

DETECTOR

HI

LO

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

1.3.9 Power supply and bias circuits

The voltages of +5V and +24VA are supplied from the control PWB unit.

LIU

TXOUT

+5V

CML0 CML0

XEXHS0 XEXHS0

XCI0 XCI0

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

SPEAKER

+5V

+24VA

DG

CONTROL

LO

HI

TXA2

TXA1

HI

LO

VREF

RIN

SPKR

HI

LO

HI

LO

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

XESHS0

MONSEL

BZOUTEN

BZCONT

SPMUTE

CML0

XCI0

VOLC VOLB VOLA

SUB ASIC

Fig. 9

5 – 17

FO-DC635U

TCP

PWB

LCD PANEL (hard coating)

Bezel

[5] Circuit description of operation panel PWB

1. Operational description

1) Operation panel PWB

The operation panel PWB includes the ten key scan circuit and the LED lighting circuit.The LS145 is controlled through LD0~LD3 (4 bits) and ten key detection is performed. The HC174 is controlled through LD0~LD5 (6 bits) to provide LED lighting information.

2) LCD (LM046QB1H01)

The COG uses the one-chip LCD driver IC to display 20 digits x 2 lines. The LCD display density is controlled with an external resistor.

a) Scope of application

This specification applies to a positive diffusion type monochrome dot matrix LCD module LM046QB1H01.

Fig. 10 Module construction plan

2. Block diagram

PLTSW

SEN[7:0]

PAGE PLATE SW

b) Structure and external shape

Structure: 320 x 240 monographic display module

This dot matrix LCD module consists of an LCD panel, a print PWB mounting electrical parts, a TCP electrically connecting these units and bezels fixing them mechanically.

KEY MATRIX(10 x 8)

LD[7:0]

LEDEN1

LEDEN2

TH1

TH2

YD LP XCK M DISP D[3:0]

LD[3:0]

LD[5:0]

LS145

AHCT174

LED PWB

+5V

RT1

t¡

LCD RELAY PWB

LCD

(320 x 240 DOTS LCD)

Fig. 11

5 – 18

[6] Circuit description of power supply PWB

This unit supply input AC 120 V/60 Hz, +24 V, +5 V as block diagram shows. (See Fig. 12)

FO-DC635U

Input

(1) Filter circuit block

AC OUT

(2) Rectification and smoothing circuit block

(9) AC output circuit block

(3) Switching circuit block

(4) Control circuit block

(10) Zero-cross circuit block

1. Noise/Rectification and smoothing circuit

Filter part reduces the outgoing noise that generated in the Power Supply unit, and prevents the invasion of the noise from outside. The excessive surge such as the thunder is prevented by Varistor X701. Rectification and Smoothing circuit is supply DC voltage to switching part by AC input rectify by Diode D701, D702, D703, D704 and smoothing Capacitor C706.

2. Switching circuit

This circuit is adopt Ringing Choke Converter system that self-excited. This system supplies power as follows;

AC voltage that supplied by Rectifying and smoothing part is change high-frequency pulse by NO/OFF repeat of MOS FET Q701. And while Q701 ON, accumulate energy in primary winding of transformer T701. And while OFF, eject energy to secondary winding.

Control of constant voltage is carry out by as follows;

Feedback put on control circuit through photo coupler from +24 V Output. Over Current Protection Circuit detect spread of ON period by Output Load is heavy, and extend OFF period by control circuit. And turn down energy that accumulating in primary winding.

Over Current Protection is make secondary side of output voltage +24 V’s rising over voltage condition by conducting Zener Diode D711 that between +24 V output and GND. Then protection is carrying out by Over Current Protection Circuit of Control Circuit working.

Power relay

Optical isolator

Transformer

Photo-coupler

Fig. 12

3. +24 V circuit

+24 V Circuit is supplied by Transformer T701 Output Rectification and Smoothing by Diode D710, Capacitor C715.

4. +5 V circuit

+5 V Output is carry out stabilization by step-down Chopper Circuit that inputted above +24 V. When MOS FET Q705 ON, this system supply load energy through L705, and when OFF, accumulated energy in L705 Rectification to load by D715. Control of constant voltage is carry out by detect +5 V output by Shunt Regulator and put on Feedback.

5. HEATER ON signal

HEATER ON/OFF is carry out by send a signal through Trigger TR701 of Photo Triac Coupler PC702 by (High/Low).

6. HEATER-RELAY OFF signal

ON/OFF of Relay RL701 is carry out by (High/Low). But when HEATER-RELAY OFF Signal change High to Low, Thyristor SR701 keep ON condition. So RL701 keep OFF condition till Power Supply re-inter.

7. Zero cross circuit block

This circuit block rectifies the AC input, and provides the ZC signal to equipment through the photo-coupler (PC3).

(5) +24V circuit block

(6) +24V Main circuit block

CN2

(7) +5V circuit block

(8) +3.3V circuit block

+24VS /HEATER_ON

/PWRLY

+24V MAIN

+24V SUB

+5V

+3.3V

GND /ZC

5 – 19

FO-DC635U

[7] Circuit description of Dual Line Kit (Option: FO-60DL)

1. Block diagram

LIU (LINE-2)

LINE-2

SURGE

PROTECTION

CIRCUIT

HI

LO

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

+5V

2. Circuit description

1) Dual Line Control PWB

The circuit structure of Dual Line Control PWB is the same as that of Modem Block on the Control PWB, and has G3 FAX communication function which is similar to that function of Line-1.

2) LIU PWB (Line-2)

LIU PWB (Line-2) is the same unit as LIU PWB (Line-1) and has line I/F function for Line-2. It is controlled by Control PWB, and the communication data line is connected to the modem on Dual Line Control PWB.

TXOUT

XCI1 XCI1

CML1 CML1

Fig. 13

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

DUAL LINE CONTROL

TXA2

TXA1

HI

LO

VREF

RIN

SPKR

XCI1

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

CML1

SUB ASIC

5 – 20

- MEMO -

FO-DC635U

5 – 21

FO-DC635U

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT

Service Manual

[1] Control PWB circuit

1. Main Control PWB Circuit CPU Block (1a/12)

A

Main Control PWB Circuit CPU Block (1/2)

+3.3VSHA

6

( 9-2E)

5

(12-5E) (12-5E)

(10-3I)

(10-6E)

+3.3V

4

3

+1.9VD

2

DG VSS-PLL

+3.3V

1

DG

SHADG

LCDTH

MEMDTCT0 MEMDTCT1 PCLDTCT NICDTCT

C220

0.1u

DG

Vcc-PLL

A

N.M. R291

R256 10K

4

VDD

GND2OUT

33.1776MHz

( 2-3A)( 3-1A)( 4-4A) ( 7-3B)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

CE11 22u/16V

+3.3VSHA

C245

0.1u

SHADG

OSC1

+3.3V

MC2850

+3.3V

DG

OE

D6

R343 4.7K

C278 1000p

1

3

DG

(11-3A) ( 2-3A)

( 4-2A)

(4-4A)

R290 4.7K

N.M.

C237

R29 10

C222

R287 4.7K

R288 4.7K

C240 1000p

C239 1000p

C225

/ICERESOUT

R299 20K

C224

/RESET

TCS1

TCS2

MANRES

N.M.

B

(11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5E)

(11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5E)

(2-3A) (2-3A) (2-3A) (2-3A)

(2-3A) (2-4A)

(8-3H)

(11-3I)

13

24

11 14

2 10 15 22

C223

6

7 18 19

IC16A

74LV14A

R261 10K

DG

R258

DG

B

AUDATA0 AUDATA1 AUDATA2 AUDATA3 /AUDSYNC TDO /ASEBRKAK /ASEMD0

TDI TCK TMS /TRST AUDCK

/IRL0

/IRL1 /IRL2 /IRL3

/DREQ0 /DREQ1

LCDVECNT

TXD

RXD

IC15

FBOUT

FBIN

CLK

1G 2G

VCC VCC VCC VCC

AVCC

GND GND GND GND

AGND

147

Q111

RT1P141C

Q110

1Y0 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4

2Y0 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3

12

3 4 5 8 9

21 20 17 16

23

1

+3.3V

C246 2200p

DG

R298 100

+3.3V

R20 10 R21 10 R22 10

R28 10 R30 10

C221

DG

N.M.

IC16B

74LV14A

R259

N.M.

R304

4.7K

R31

R32

R257

(11-3D)

+3.3V+3.3V

C

C274 C275 C276 C277 C242

N.M.

DGDG

C

R293

4.7K

147

D

+3.3V

N.M.

DG

+3.3V

Vss-PLL

R51

DG

SHADG

1/12

+1.9VD

10K

SHADG

1u/6.3V

C236

470p

1u/6.3V

R335

R301

R295

R50

10K

C17

C21

C20

C25

C24

C22

C19

C238

1u

C11

C16

C23

C13

C10

C14

C15

C12

1u/6.3V

C219 C218 C217 C235

N.M.

C244

0.1u

+3.3V

SHADG

R358

R359

R350

R354 4.7K R333 4.7K R353

(3-1A) (2-3A) (7-3B)

(4-2D) (4-5D) (11-2D)

+3.3V

+5V

C248 1u

5

4

PST596

TP505

4.7K

VCC

VOUT

IC17

C243

DG

R296

10K

N.M.

M/R SUB GND

R357

DG

R355

1 2 3

DG

R334

R352

C241

DG

CKSPDR CKCSMS CKLCDC

CKSDRL

CKSDRU CKICE

+3.3V

NMI

+3.3V

R262

1K

34

6 – 1

2. Main Control PWB Circuit CPU Block (1b/12)

FO-DC635U

E

F

Main Control PWB Circuit CPU Block (2/2)

R451 33

R303

4.7K

100

10K

TP2

TP3 TP1

TP5

R332

4.7K

R294

4.7K

R297

10K

+1.9VD

Vcc-PLL

TP15

+3.3VSHA

109 110 111 112 113 120 121 122

114 116 118 119 159 162

151 152 153 154 155 160 161

171 172 173 174

140 141 142 143 144 147 145 146

169 168 167 164 129 163

131 132

138

149 157 165 166

+3.3V

139 137 158 156

117 115 150 148 130

123 125 124 128 126 127

175 176 170

2 3

13 11 27 25 39 37 51 49 63 61 86 84 95 93

21 19 73 71

XTAL2 EXTAL2

AUDATA[0]/PTF[0] AUDATA[1]/PTF[1] AUDATA[2]/PTF[2] AUDATA[3]/PTF[3] AUDSYNC/PTF[4] TDO/PTF[5] ASEBRKAK/PTF[6] ASEMD0

TDI/PTG[0] TCK/PTG[1] TMS/PTG[2] TRST/PTG[3] AUDCK/PTG[4] ADTRG/PTG[5]

IRQ0/IRL0/PTH[0] IRQ1/IRL1/PTH[1] IRQ2/IRL2/PTH[2] IRQ3/IRL3/PTH[3] IRQ4/PTH[4] DREQ0/PTH[5] DREQ1/PTH[6]

AN[0]/PTJ[0] AN[1]/PTJ[1] AN[2]/DA[1]/PTJ[2] AN[3]/DA[0]/PTJ[3]

TxD0/SCPT[0] SCK0/SCPT[1] TxD2/SCPT[2] SCK2/SCPT[3] RTS2/SCPT[4] CTS2/IRQ5/SCPT[5] RxD0/SCPT[0] RxD2/SCPT[2]

MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0

XTAL EXTAL

CKIO

RESETM NMI RESETP CA

VccQ1 VssQ1 VccQ2 VssQ2 VccQ3 VssQ3 VccQ4 VssQ4 VccQ5

WE2/DQMUL/ICIORD/PTC[1]

VssQ5

WE3/DQMUU/ICIOWR/PTC[2] VccQ6 VssQ6 VccQ7 VssQ7 VccQ8 VssQ8 VccQ9 VssQ9

Vcc1 Vss1 Vcc2 Vss2 Vcc3 Vss3 Vcc4 Vss4 Vss

Vcc-PLL1 Vss-PLL1 CAP1 Vcc-PLL2 Vss-PLL2 CAP2

AVcc1 AVss1 AVss

IC24

MAIN CPU

HD6417706F133

D31/PTB[7] D30/PTB[6] D29/PTB[5] D28/PTB[4] D27/PTB[3] D26/PTB[2] D25/PTB[1] D24/PTB[0]

D23/PTA[7] D22/PTA[6] D21/PTA[5] D20/PTA[4] D19/PTA[3] D18/PTA[2] D17/PTA[1] D16/PTA[0]

WE0/DQMLL

WE1/DQMLU/WE

CS2/PTC[3] CS3/PTC[4]

CS4/PTC[5] CS5/CE1A/PTC[6] CS6/CE1B/PTC[7]

RASL/PTD[0]

RASU/PTD[1]

CASL/PTD[2]

CASU/PTD[3]

CKE/PTD[4]

IOIS16/PTD[5]

CE2A/PTD[6] CE2B/PTD[7]

DACK0/PTE[0] DACK1/PTE[1] DRAK0/PTE[2]

DRAK1/PTE[3] STATUS0/PTE[4] STATUS1/PTE[5]

TCLK/PTE[6]

IRQOUT/PTE[7]

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10

RD/WR

BS/PTC[0]

CS0

BACK

BREQ

WAIT

Vcc-RTC Vss-RTC

76

R452 33

75 74 72

BR34

70

33 x4

69 68 67

BR35

66

33 x4

65 64 62

BR36

60

33 x4

59 58 57

BR37

56

A9

33 x4

55

A8

54

A7

53

A6

BR38

52

A5

33 x4

50

A4

48

A3

47

A2

BR39

46

A1

33 x4

45

A0

5 6

BR21

7 8 9 10

BR17

12 14

15 16

BR20

17 18 20 22

BR16

23 24

26 28

BR19

29

33 x4

30 31 32

BR15

33

D9

33 x4

34

D8

35

D7

36

D6

BR18

38

D5

33 x4

40

D4

41

D3

42

D2

BR14

43

D1

33 x4

44

D0

78

RD

79 80 83 77

R453 N.M.

81

R449

82 85 87 88 89

TP7

90 91

96

TP8

97 98

TP9

99 100

R347 4.7K

101

TP10

92

TP11

94

TP12

102

R348 4.7K

103 104

105 106 107 108

TP13

133

TP14

134

R342 10K

135

TP16

136

+1.9VD

C18 1u/ 6. 3V

1 4

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24

D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16

N.M.

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

R426 33 R425 33 R427 33 R450 33 R424 33

R341 33 R340 33 R339 33 R338 33

R337 33

R346 33

R345 33

R344 33

+3.3V

R421 100 R420 100

+3.3V

DG

JP1

R349 4.7K

DEBUG

NORMAL

N.M.

G

IC16C

74LV14A

IC16D

74LV14A

R422

1 2 3

C71

+3.3V

N.M.

D[31:0]

+3.3V

147

+3.3V

/DQMUL /DQMUU

A[25:0]

147

/CS0J

DG

/RD /WE0 /WE1

RD/WR

/BS

/CS0 /CS2 /CS3 /CS4

/CS6

/RASL

/CASL

CKE

CRNT0 CRNT1

/WAIT

/DACK0 /DACK1 /DRAK0 /DRAK1

H

( 2-1A)( 3-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 2-2A)( 3-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

C247

0.1u

56

IC16E

74LV14A

IC16F

98

74LV14A

DG

(2-3A)

( 4-2A)( 7 -3B)(11-3D) ( 2-2A)( 4 - 2 A)( 7-3B)(11-3A) ( 4-2D)( 7-3B)(11-3D) ( 2-1B)( 3 - 2 A)( 4-5D ) ( 7-3B)(11-3A)(12-5B) ( 2-3A)( 7 -3B)(11-5D) (4-4D)(11-3A) ( 4-4D)(11-3D) (11-4A) ( 4-2A)(11-3A) ( 4-4D)(11-3D) ( 2-3A)(11-4D)

( 7-3B)(11-4D)

(4-4D)(11-3A)

(4-5D)(11-3A)

(4-5D)

(6-5A) (6-5A)

(2-3A)(7-3B)

(2-3A) (2-4A) (2-3A) (2-4A)

1/12

6

+3.3V

147

1110

5

+3.3V

147

1312

4

3

2

1

E

F

G

H

6 – 2

FO-DC635U

3. Main ASIC Block (2a/12)

A

Main ASIC Block (1/2)

( 1-6H)( 3-1A) ( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A) (12-2F)

1

( 1-6H)( 3-2A) ( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A) (12-4D)(12-2D)

2

( 1-3H)( 3-1A)( 4-5D)( 7-3B)(11-3A)(12-3A) (12-1A)(12-5A)(12-5I)

( 1-2B)( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 7-3B)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

3

4

5

6

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

( 1-3H)( 4-2A) ( 7 - 3B)(11-3A)

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

( 1-3H)( 7-3B)(11-5D)

( 1-4C)

(12-3A)(12-5A)

( 1-1B)

( 1-2H)( 7-3B)

( 1-5B) ( 1-5B) ( 1-5B) ( 1-5B)

( 1-3H)

( 1-2H)(11-4D)

( 1-5B) ( 1-2H) ( 1-1H)

( 3-1A)( 4-4A)(5-4A)(12-3E) ( 3-3A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3I)

( 3-3A)

( 4-4A)

( 5-4A)

( 4-4G)(12-6D)

(12-5E)

( 4-5G)

( 4 - 5G)(12-5E) ( 4 - 5G)(12-5E)

( 4-5G) (12-5E)

( 4 - 5G)(12-6E) ( 4 - 5G)(12-6E)

( 3-1A)

( 3-3A)

( 4-5G) (12-5E) (10-3E)

( 5-4E) (12-3E)

( 3-3A)

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20

A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

/WE0

/BS RD/WR CKCSMS /OPDEN /RESET MANRES /WAIT

/IRL0 /IRL1 /IRL2 /IRL3

/CS0J /CS4

/DREQ0 /DACK0 /DRAK0

/DREQ1 /DACK1 /DRAK1

/IOWR /IORD /NICACKF

/PGMCS /MDMCS0 /MDMCS1

/NANDOPCS /NANDSTDCS /NANDRD /NANDWR

/WP0 /WP1 CLEO ALEO /SGACS

/NICCSF

R248

/BUSYSTD /BUSYOP /NICINTF MDMINT0 MDMINT1 /SGAINT

+3.3V

10K

DG

R255

C191 1000p

C234 C216

R274 10K R278 10K R275 10K R279 10K

R253 33 R285 33

R276 10K R280 10K R254 33 R221 33 R222 33

R233 33 R232 33 R224 33 R223 33

R277 33 R246 10K R247 10K R245 33

R270 10K

R252 10K

R212 10K

DG

C230

N.M.

+3.3V

C211

TP17

TP27

N.M.

TP38

TP49

TP58

TP73 TP76 TP79 TP80

R251 10K R271 10K R272 10K

C212 .

B

C

D

2/12

184

A25

185

A24

186

A23

187

A22

188

A21

189

A20

190

A13

191

A12

192

A11

193

A10

194

A9

195

A8

196

A7

197

A6

200

A5

201

A4

202

A3

203

A2

204

A1

205

A0

168

XLBE

206

XWE0

208

D15

209

D14

210

D13

211

D12

212

D11

213

D10

214

D9

215

D8

2

D7

3

D6

4

D5

5

D4

6

D3

7

D2

8

D1

9

D0

183

XBS

182

RXW

179

SHCK

207

XOPDEN

169

XRESET

170

XMANRES

30

XWAIT

23

XINT0

24

XINT1

25

XINT2

26

XINT3

10

XCS0

11

XCS4

TP37

16

XDREQ0

12

XDACK0

14

XDRAK0

17

XDREQ1

13

XDACK1

15

XDRAK1

48

JBGDREQ00

49

JBGDREQ01

50

JBGDREQ10

51

JBGDREQ11

28

XWROUT

29

XRDOUT

56

XNICACK

53

XJBIGACK0

52

XJBGACK1

27

XPGMCS

35

XMDMCS0

34

XMDMCS1

20

XFLCS

171

XNANDOPCS

172

XNANDSTDCS

173

XNANDRD

174

XNANDWR

175

XWP0

176

XWP1

178

CLEO

177

ALEO

47

XSBGA

60

XJBG0

59

XJBG1

58

XNICCS

31

XBUSYDP

45

XJBGINT0

44

XJBGINT1

21

XFLSHINTA

22

XFLSHINTB

57

XNICINT

33

XMDMINT0

32

XMDMINT1

46

XSGAINT

VDD18VDD36VDD54VDD63VDD72VDD81VDD90VDD99VDD

N.M.

C208

DG

+3.3V

LC272D0BT-WA6 (CSMS)

VDD

108

128

144

162

180

198

216

C214 0.1u C210 0.1u C209 0.1u C207 0.1u

C206 0.1u C205 0.1u C184 0.1u C183 0.1u

C143 0.1u C187 0.1u C189 0.1u C148 0.1u

C188 0.1u C190 0.1u C215 0.1u

IC6

MAIN ASIC

VSS19VSS37VSS55VSS64VSS73VSS82VSS91VSS

XINSC

XOUTSC

112

R160 1M

X1

29.4400MHz 12

C144 10p

DG

XINPRT38XOUTPRT

113

VSS

100

109

VSS

1

40

114

129

145

163

181

199

DG

XCSDRM0

ADREFL

R161 560

C145 8p

TEST0

TEST1

PLTSW BKLON

CRNT1 CRNT0

TXAI1 TXBI0 TXAI0 TXBI1

TODB

HSYNC

PDATA

DQMUL

SDCLK

CASB RASB

DWEB

MAD0 MAD1 MAD2 MAD3 MAD4 MAD5 MAD6 MAD7 MAD8

MAD9 MAD10 MAD11 MAD12 MAD13 MAD14 MAD15

AVDD

AVSS

ATAPH

TEMP

SAMP

LININT

39

TOUT

LD15 LD14 LD13 LD12 LD11 LD10

SEN0 SEN1 SEN2 SEN3 SEN4 SEN5 SEN6 SEN7

MA10 MA11 MA12 MA13

CLK1

CKE

MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA7 MA8 MA9

AVO

110

111

115

130 131

140 141 142 143 146 147 148

LD9

149

LD8

150

LD7

151

LD6

152

LD5

153

LD4

154

LD3

155

LD2

156

LD1

157

LD0

139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132

167 166 161

TXA

164 160 165 159 158

TXB

41 42 43 84 83 85 86 87 88 89

92 93 94 95 96 97 98 101 102 103 104 105 106 107

61 62 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

120 126

121 127

125 122 123 124

117 116 119 118

SH

R249 1M

X3

34.3892MHz

12

C232 15p

DG

C602

0.01u-K

A

B

C

D

6 – 3

4. Main ASIC Block (2b/12)

FO-DC635U

E

Main ASIC Block (2/2)

+3.3V

+3.3VR

1

2

CE4

10u/16V

MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA7 MA8 MA9 MA10 MA11 MA12 MA13

R211 3.3K

LDM7 LDM6 LDM5 LDM4 LDM3 LDM2 LDM1 LDM0

R281 33 R204 33

R210 33

MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 MD4 MD5 MD6 MD7 MD8

MD10 MD11 MD12 MD13 MD14 MD15

+3.3V

DG

DG DG R AGRAG

E

DG

TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26

TP28 TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 TP33 TP34 TP35

TP41 TP43 TP45 TP46 TP47 TP48 TP50 TP52 TP54 TP55 TP56 TP57 TP59 TP62 TP64 TP67

C146

0.1u

RAG

TP89

TP95 TP98 TP99 TP100

1M

R250 220

2

C213 12p

R217 3.3K

SDCLK SDCKE

F

G

H

2/12

VCC

GND

2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4

DGDG

N.M.

D100 DA204K

+5VR

DG

3 5 7 9 18 16 14 12

20

10

C231 1000p

R166

MD[15:0]

DG

CISCLK

CISSI

LEDEN2 LEDEN1 RS E

N.M.

R175 270 R231 270 R230 270 R229 270 R228 270 R227 270

R226 R225

+5V

C151

0.1u

+3.3V

TP61

TP66 TP68

TP70 TP72

TP75 TP78

TP82

TP84 TP86 TP88 TP91 TP97 TP94 TP101

AO

RAG

N.M.

C185

( 9- 5D) ( 9- 6D)

(9-2E) (9-2E) (9-1A) (9-1A)

LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7

R203 33

R202 33TP63 R201 33

R200 33 R159 33

R158 33 R157 33

R199 33

N.M.

(9-6D)

/TODF

/HSYNCP

/HSYNC

LD[7:0]

MD15

MD14 MD13

MD12 MD11MD9

MD10 MD9

MD8

MA11 MA9 MA8 MA7 MA6 MA5 MA4

H

(9-2I)

(10-5E)

(9-6I)

1

(9-3E)

2

3

4

5

6

CLK1

(2-5F)

SH

(2-5F)

R52 10K

R53 10K

LDM[7:0]

(9-3A)

C186

DG

R191 33

R192 33 R193 33

R194 33 R195 33

R196 33 R197 33

R198 33

R150 33 R153 33 R151 33 R152 33

R54 10K

R269 33

C229

PLTSW

(9-2A)

BKLON

( 6-1G)

+3.3V

(6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C) (6-5C)

(3-3E)

SEN[7:0]

DG

MD0

MD1 MD2

MD3 MD4

MD5 MD6

MD7

R216 3.3K

R213 3.3K

R215 3.3K

R219 3.3K

R220 3.3K

R214 3.3K

R218 3.3K

SEN0 SEN1 SEN2 SEN3 SEN4 SEN5 SEN6 SEN7

ENA ENB TXPA TXA1 TXB0 TXA0 TXB1 TXPB

/PDATAF

DQMUL

/CAS

/RAS

/DWE

/CSDRM0

MA13 MA12 MA10 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3

6

1A3

1Y3

8

1A4

1Y4

2

1A1

1Y1

4

1A2

1Y2

11

2A1

2Y1

13

2A2

2Y2

15

2A3

2Y3

17

2A4

2Y4

VCC

1

1G

19

2G

R55 10K

DG

GND

IC2

74HCT244(TSSOP)

LDM0 LDM1 LDM2 LDM3 LDM4 LDM5 LDM6 LDM7

10K

R600 10K

R601

R602

R603 10K

R604

DG DG DG

147

N.M.

TP60

TP65

TP69 TP71

TP74 TP77

TP81

TP83 TP85 TP87 TP90 TP92 TP93 TP96

74LV14A

DG DG

MA[13:0]

IC5 SDRAM

W9864G6EH-7

CLK1

(2-1F)

SH

(2-1F)

+3.3VR

R115 10

RAG

D102 DA204K

C105

0.1u

IC1

AD8091ARZ

C103

0.1u

+5VR+5V

+

CE1 100u/16V

F

+5VR

3

8

+

6

2

5

-NCNC

1

NC

47

RAG

C104 18p

R111

1.5K

RAG

R110 3K

R170 470

14 12 18 16 9 7 5 3

20

10

R62 100

R168 R167

+5V

C150

0.1u

DG

IC7

74HCT 244 (SOP)

17

2A4

15

2A3

13

2A2

11

2A1

2

1A1

4

1A2

6

1A3

8

R607 10K

1A4

1

1G

19

2G

+3.3V+3.3V

147

74LV14A

10K

R606 10K

R605

12

IC14A

C179 1u

C182 1u

C181 1u

C178 1u

2.2u (2125)

C180

1

Vcc1

Vss3

2

DQ0

DQ15

3

VccQ1

VssQ4

4

DQ14

DQ1

5

DQ13

DQ2

6

VccQ4

VssQ1

7

DQ3

DQ12

8

DQ4

DQ11

9

VccQ2

VssQ3

10

DQ5 DQ6 VssQ2 DQ7 Vcc2 DQML WE CAS RAS CS A13 A12 A10 A0 A1 A2 A3 Vcc3

C141 2.2u (2125)

C140 1u

C139 1u

C142 1u

+5VR

R114

Q101

R113

G

DQ10

VccQ3

N.C.2

DQMU

N.C.1

RAG

Vss2

Vss1

DQ9

DQ8

CLK CKE

A11

A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4

N.M.

E

C

N.M.

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

IC14B

34

54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28

B

6 – 4

FO-DC635U

5. Sub ASIC Block (3a/12)

A

Sub ASIC Block (1/2)

( 1-3H)( 2-1B)( 4-5D)( 7-3B)(11-3A)(12-5B)

1

( 1-2B)( 2-3A)( 4-4A)( 7-3B)( 8-4H(11-5H)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

2

( 2-4A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3I)

( 2-4A)( 4-4A)(5-4A)(12-3E)

NICA [ 16:0]

(10-6A)

3

NICD[15:0]

(10-6A)

4

PCLA[16:0]

(10-6E)

5

/NICCS

(10-5E)

/NICACK

(10-5E)

/NICCSP

( 2 - 5F) (10-4E)

6

( 2-5A) ( 1- 4C)

( 2-5A) ( 2-4A) ( 2-5A) (10-5E) (10-4E)

NICA16

NICA15 NICA14 NICA13 NICA12

NICA11 NICA10 NICA9 NICA8

NICA7 NICA6 NICA5 NICA4

NICA3 NICA2 NICA1 NICA0

NICD15 NICD14 NICD13 NICD12

NICD11 NICD10

NICD9 NICD8

NICD7 NICD6 NICD5 NICD4

NICD3 NICD2 NICD1 NICD0

PCLA16

PCLA15 PCLA14 PCLA13 PCLA12

PCLA11 PCLA10 PCLA9 PCLA8

PCLA7 PCLA6 PCLA5 PCLA4

PCLA3 PCLA2 PCLA1 PCLA0

A

RD/WR /SGACS CKSPDR /RESET

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

/IORD /IOWR /NICCSF /NICACKF /SGAINT NICR/W NICRES

BR13 100 x4

BR12

100 x4

BR11 100 x4

BR10 100 x4

BR26 100 x4

BR27 100 x4

BR28 100 x4

BR29 100 x4

+3.3V

DG

R608 10k

TP118

TP121 TP123 TP125 TP127

TP128 TP129 TP130 TP131

TP132 TP133 TP135 TP137

TP138 TP139 TP140 TP141

TP142

18

TP143

7

2

TP144

6

3

TP145

5

4

TP146

18

TP147

7

2

TP148

6

3

TP149

5

4

TP150

18

TP151

7

2

TP152

6

3

TP153

5

4

TP154

18

TP155

7

2

TP156

6

3

TP157

5

4

TP159

R40 2 100

TP160

18

TP161

7

2

TP163

6

3

TP165

5

4

TP168

18

TP169

7

2

TP171

6

3

TP173

5

4

TP176

18

TP177

7

2

TP179

6

3

TP181

5

4

TP184

18

TP185

7

2

TP187

6

3

TP189

5

4

C265

.

DG

TP504

C287

B

C

D

3/12

C290 1000p

141

XCS

140

SHCLK

185

XRESET

163

RXW

A16

142

A16

A15

143

A15

A14

144

A14

A13

145

A13

A12

146

A12

A11

147

A11

A10

148

A10

A9

149

A9

A8

150

A8

A7

151

A7

A6

152

A6

A5

153

A5

A4

154

A4

A3

158

A3

A2

159

A2

A1

160

A1

A0

161

A0

D15

165

D15

D14

166

D14

D13

167

D13

D12

168

D12

D11

169

D11

D10

170

D10

D9

171

D9

D8

174

D8

D7

175

D7

D6

176

D6

D5

177

D5

D4

178

D4

D3

179

D3

D2

180

D2

D1

181

D1

D0

182

D0

164

XRD

162

XWE

127

XCSNICIN

101

XNICACKH

184

INTR

100

RXWNIC

99

NICRESB

126

DPANIC16

125

DPANIC15

124

DPANIC14

123

DPANIC13

119

DPANIC12

118

DPANIC11

117

DPANIC10

116

DPANIC9

115

DPANIC8

114

DPANIC7

113

DPANIC6

112

DPANIC5

111

DPANIC4

110

DPANIC3

109

DPANIC2

108

DPANIC1

107

DPANIC0

98

DPONIC15

97

DPONIC14

96

DPONIC13

95

DPONIC12

94

DPONIC11

93

DPONIC10

92

DPONIC9

91

DPONIC8

90

DPONIC7

89

DPONIC6

88

DPONIC5

85

DPONIC4

84

DPONIC3

83

DPONIC2

82

DPONIC1

81

DPONIC0

79

DPAPCL16

78

DPAPCL15

77

DPAPCL14

76

DPAPCL13

75

DPAPCL12

74

DPAPCL11

73

DPAPCL10

72

DPAPCL9

71

DPAPCL8

70

DPAPCL7

67

DPAPCL6

66

DPAPCL5

65

DPAPCL4

64

DPAPCL3

63

DPAPCL2

62

DPAPCL1

61

DPAPCL0

102

XCSNIC

132

XNICACK

80

XCSNICP

N.M

.

+3.3V

B

LC24199B-WJ0-E (SPD2)

VDD16VDD34VDD52VDD68VDD86VDD

VDD

190

104

120

138

156

172

NC2NC51NC54NC

SUB ASIC

VDD

208

C

103NC122NC155NC183NC207

IC21

C311 0.1u C310 0.1u C305 0.1u C286 0.1u

C262 0.1u C263 0.1u C264 0.1u C233 0.1u

C269 0.1u C268 0.1u C289 0.1u C314 0.1u

GND17GND35GND53GND69GND87GND

105

131

GPIO7

130

GPIO6

129

GPIO5 GPIO4

SDDTC

RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE

XMDMRST1 XMDMRST0

PLNGON

XROLSNS

XORGSNS

XFRSNS

XB4FRS

BZCONT SPMUTE

VOLC

VOLB VOLA

BZOUT

GAINC1

ERLY1

DPMUTE1

CML1

TXMUTE1

DPON1

MONSEL

XCI1

GAINC0

ERLY0

DPMUTE0

CML0

TXMUTE0

DPON0

XEXHS0

XCI0

PDATAM

CTBSYB CPRDYB

ETBSYB

PRRDYB EPRDYB

PDATA

PCURESB

PCLK PSTS

PCMD

CTBSYPCLB CPRDYPCLB ETBSYPCLB

PRRDYPCLB EPRDYPCLB

PDATAINPCL

PCLRESB PCLKPCL

PSTSPCL

PCMDPCL

PACK PREQ

XNICACKP

RXWP

DPOPCL0 DPOPCL1 DPOPCL2 DPOPCL3

DPOPCL4 DPOPCL5 DPOPCL6 DPOPCL7

DPOPCL8

DPOPCL9 DPOPCL10 DPOPCL11

DPOPCL12 DPOPCL13 DPOPCL14 DPOPCL15

GND

1

191

121

139

157

173

DG

TEST

186

DG

D

TP105

128

(PWSAVE)

106

189 188 187

192 193 137 133 134 135 136

194 195

TP107

196

TP108

197

TP109

198 199

TP110

200

TP111

201

TP112

202

TP113

203

TP114

204

TP115

205

TP116

206 3

C315

TP117

5

TP119

4

TP120

6

TP122

7

TP124

8

TP126

9 10 11

C313 C312

12

TP134

13

TP136

14 15

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27

28 29

30 31 36 37 38 39 40 32 33

C309

TP162

41

TP164

42

TP166

43

TP167

44

TP170

45

TP172

46

TP174

47

TP175

48

TP178

49

TP180

50

TP182

55

TP183

56

TP186

57

TP188

58

TP190

59

TP191

60

C204

0.1u

DG

6 – 5

6. Sub ASIC Block (3b/12)

FO-DC635U

E

Sub ASIC Block (2/2)

/PGMWP VPPON

TP105 (PWSAVE)

TP107 TP108 TP109

TP110 TP111 TP112 TP113 TP114 TP115 TP116

C315

TP117 TP119 TP120 TP122 TP124 TP126

C313 C312

TP134 TP136

C309 N. M.

TP162 TP164 TP166 TP167

TP170 TP172 TP174 TP175

TP178 TP180 TP182 TP183

TP186 TP188 TP190 TP191

R325 10K

N.M.

CISLEDON

R326 10K

DG

+3.3V

BZCONT /SPMUTE VOLC VOLB VOLA BZOUT

ERLY1 DPMUTE1 CML1 TXMUTE1 DPON1 MONSEL /CI1

DG

DPMUTE0

TXMUTE0

DG

/CTBSYO /CPRDYO

/PRRDYI /EPRDYI /PDATAO

/PCURESO

/SRCLKO

C65

N.M

C66

/CTBSYP /CPRDYP /ETBSYP

/PRRDYP /EPRDYP

/PDATAP PCLRES /SRCLKP

C68 N.M.

DG

18

BR33

7

2

33 x4

6

3

5

4

18

BR32

7

2

33 x4

6

3

5

4

18

BR31

7

2

33 x4

6

3 4

5

18

BR30

7

2

33 x4

6

3

5

4

GAINC0

ERLY0

CML0

DPON0 /EXHS0

/PDATAF

/ETBSYI

/STSI

/CMDO

/STSP

/CMDP

PACK PREQ

NICR/WP

/CI0

DG

(4-4A)

( 6-2G)

(5-4H) (5-5H) (5-5H) (5-5H) (5-5H) (5-4H)

(12-3E) (12-3I) (12-3E) (12-3I) (12-3I) (5-4H) (12-3E)

(5-2H) (9-3D) (9-3D) (9-4D) (5-3H) (9-4D) (9-4D) (9-4D)

(2-3F)

(9-4F) (9-3F) (9-2I)

(9-2I) (9-2I) (9-3F) (9-3F) (9-3F) (9-2I) (9-3F)

(10-5I) (10-5E) (10-5E)

(10-4E) (10-5I)

(10-5I) (10-3E) (10-5I) (10-5E) (10-5E) (10-4E) (10-4I)

(10-4I)

PCLD0 PCLD1 PCLD2 PCLD3

PCLD4 PCLD5 PCLD6 PCLD7

PCLD8 PCLD9 PCLD10 PCLD11

PCLD12 PCLD13 PCLD14 PCLD15

F

G

H

3/12

VBAT

+3.3V

R413

R414

N.M.

VBAT

R416

4.7K

RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE

/MDMRST1 /MDMRST0 STPON

R28 4 10K

DG

+3.3V

IC23B

BA10393F

DG

C67

N.M.

DG

PCLD[15:0]

(2-5A)(10-4E)

(12-3I) (5-3A) (6-2D)

C266 2200p

DG

C267 2200p

DG

IC23A

BA10393F

+3.3V

R328 10K

1

C272

0.1u

DG

+3.3V

R327 10K

7

DG

(10-6E)

+3.3V

R406 10K

+3.3V

R408 10K

84

-

+

84

-

+

/NICCSP

R331

2

3

6

5

R417

5.6K

1.8K

+3.3V

R40 5 270

R40 7 270

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

C294

0.1u R329

10K

DG

C271

2200p

DG

+3.3V

R330

10K

C270

2200p

C273

0.1u

DG

8

1

2

7

4

IC39A

DG

10K

R415

N.M.

SM8578BV

R412

270

R56 10K

R411

270

R57 10K

C600

IC22

7

DATA

6

CLK

5

CE

1

INTN

/ROLSNS

/B4FRS

/FRSNS

/ORGSNS

N.M.

XT

XTN

VCC

VSS

C293 18p

12

3

X4

32.768KHz

2

C292 12p

8

4

C291

0.1u

DG

(9-3B)

(9-4B)

+3.3V

8

IC39B

5

6

4

DG

VBAT

/NICWAITP

3

N.M.

(10-4E)

1

2

3

4

5

+3.3V

IC14C

147

C204

0.1u

DGDG DGDG

74LV14A

56

DG

E

+3.3V

147

98

DG DG

IC14D

74LV14A

+3.3V

IC14E

147

74LV14A

11 10

F

+3.3V

147

74LV14A

13 12

6 – 6

IC14F

6

G

H

FO-DC635U

7. Memory Block (4/12)

3

+3.3V

N.M.

39

41

/BUSYSTD

/WP0

(2-4A)

(2-5A)

( 2- 4A)(12-5E)

D20

D21D6D16

D22

BR7

DQ48DQ510DQ611DQ713DQ842DQ9

44

NC6NC7NC8NC9NC

2.2K C282

R397

+3.3V

D18

D17

BR6

7

A023A124A225A326A429A530A631A732A833A934A10

100p

C257

DG

C302

40

Vss22Vss1Vcc23Vcc

GND

IC26

10

11

12

DG

+3.3V

C249

27

14

Vcc

Vss28Vss

Vcc1Vcc

DQ02DQ14DQ25DQ3

CLK

CKE37WE16CAS17RAS

38

18

26

34

25

20

NC

NC27NC28NC33NC

NC21NC22NC23NC24NC

NC

TSOP

I/O844I/O743I/O642I/O541I/O432I/O331I/O230I/O129CLE16ALE17CE9WE18RE8WP19RY/BY

D7

D4

D5

D3

C255

C254

DG

54

41

Vss

VccQ3VccQ9VccQ43VccQ49VssQ52VssQ46VssQ12VssQ

DQML

DQMH

CS

15

39

19

NC35NC40NC

D2

D0

D1

C251

C253

C252

C250

6

NC36NC

40

NC38NC

4/12

I

28

32

17

33

N.M.

NC13NC14NC15NC16NC

IC27

I/O827I/O726I/O625I/O524I/O421I/O320I/O219I/O118CLE2ALE3CE43WE4RE42WP5RY/BY

H

G

F

E

D5

D6

D4

D7

C284

C285

NC

D3

D2

C283

D31

53

DQ15

IC18

A13

20

NC29NC30NC31NC

D1

D0

N.M.

D30

BR9

51

A1135A12

21

34

NC35NC36NC37NC38NC

/NANDWR

CLEO

ALEO

/NANDSTDCS

/NANDRD

DG

(2-4A)

( 2- 4A)(12-5E)

( 2- 5A)(12-6E)

D27

D24

D23

D25

D26D1D29

D28

BR8

44

DQ1045DQ1147DQ1248DQ1350DQ14

22

+3.3V

0.1u

C301

DG

6

Vss36Vss13Vcc12Vcc

GND

TC58DVM72A

15

D10

D13

D11

D12

4

BR22

33 x

51

DQ1045DQ1147DQ1248DQ1350DQ14

A1135A12

21

22

D9

BR23

44

D8

4

33 x

(4-3D)

DA[13:0]

for 16bit-BUSfor 32bit-BUS

D6

D7

D5

BR24

DA13

R370

A15

D4

4

33 x

DA12

DA11

R372

R371

A14

A13

D1

D2

D3

4

BR25

33 x

7

DQ02DQ14DQ25DQ3

DQ48DQ510DQ611DQ713DQ842DQ9

A023A124A225A326A429A530A631A732A833A934A10

0.1u

C256

37

47

39

48

NC45NC46NC

NC1NC2NC3NC4NC

NC10NC11NC14NC

5

7

N.M.

D15

DG

53

DQ15

IC25

SDRAM

A13

20

DA10

R373

A12

CLK

38

DA8

DA9

R375

R374

A10

A11

+3.3V

27

14

Vcc

Vcc1Vcc

CKE37WE16CAS17RAS

C279

2

DA7

DA5

DA6

DA4

DA2

DA3

DA1

R388

C281

C280

41

Vss28Vss

R377

A8

1u

54

19

R385

DG

Vss

DQML

CS

15

R387

R386

A6

A5

A4

C297

1u

C296

VccQ3VccQ9VccQ43VccQ49VssQ52VssQ46VssQ12VssQ

DQMH

NC36NC

39

40

R389

A3

C298

C295

6

R376

A9

1u

18

DA0

N.M.

R390

A1

A2

1u

1

I

H

G

F

DG

W9864G6EH-7

E

R311

R315

R316

R310

R312

R314

A10

A14

A12

A15

A13

A11

D

D12

D13

D11D0D8

D15

IC12

D14

45

DQ1443DQ1341DQ1239DQ1136DQ10

DQ15

A219A2010A1915A1816A1717A1648A151A14

C

FLASH MEMORY

A21

A20

A19

A22

A18

B

D[31:0]

A

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 3-2A)( 5-4A)

( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

Memory Block

C8

0.1u/16V

S

+3.3V

G

A[25:0]

100K

R17

(1-6H)(2-1A)(3-1A)(5-4A)

( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

6 6

R317

A9

D10

A17

DG

34

R378

A8

D9

A16

Q4

VPPON

R379

A7

32

DQ9

A15

2SJ243

(2-1E)

R381

R380

A5A3A2

D7

D6

DQ830DQ744DQ642DQ5

A133A124A115A106A9

2

A14 A6

A13

D

R18

1K

R382

A4

D5

A12

R16

R384

R383

A3

D1

D3

D4 D19

D2

31

40

38

33

DQ4

DQ335DQ2

A88A718A619A5

7

A10

A8

A11

A9

DG

4.7K

5 5

D0

29

DQ1

A7

R305

CKSDRU

CKE

(1-4D)

DQ0

20

21

A6A7A5

C7

(1-2H)

R308

RD/WR

+3.3V

22

A4

0.1u/16V

(3-2A)(7-3B)(11-3A)

(1-3H)(2-3A)

A2

R265

R264

R263

/CASL

/CS3

/RASL

(12-1A) (12-3A)(12-5A)(12-5I)

(1-2H)(11-3A)

( 1-3H)(11-3D)

0.1u

C176

C177

0.1u

37

47

Vcc

Vccq

Vpp13CE26WE11OE28WP14RST

A025A3

A124A223A4

A1

DG

27

/PGMCS

(2-4A)

R306

R307

/DQMUL

/DQMUU

( 1-3H)(11-3D)

( 1-3 H ) ( 11-3A)

GND46GND

/IOWR

/IORD

( 5-4A)(12-3I)(2-4A)(3-3A)

( 5- 4A)(12-3E)

(2-4A)(3-3A)

DG

12

LH28F320BFHE-PBTLZA

10K

R244

0.1u

C601

DG

C9

1000p/25V

R241 N.M .

/RESET

TCS2

/PGMWP

(1-1B)

(3-5A)

(1-2B)(2-3A) (3-1A)(7-3B)

( 8-4H)(11-5H)

4 4

DA13

DA11

DA12

DA10

DA[13:0]

( 4-3I)

D5

D7 D14

D6

DQ819DQ718DQ617DQ516DQ415DQ313DQ2

IC19

SRAM

1

A13

A12

DG

A14

DA7

DA8

DA9

D4

D2

D3

A11

A10

A9

3

DA2

DA5

DA3

DA1

DA4

DA6

D0

12

11

DQ1

A73A825A924A1021A1123A122A1326A14

A64A55A46A37A28A19A010OE22WE27CS

A7

A5

A8

A6

A4A1A3

R309 33

R429 33

DA0

CKSDRL

(1-3C)

VBAT

C226

0.1u

28

14

VCC

20

A0

A2

R266 10K

R267 100

VBAT

3

1

IC20A

2

/CS2

TCS1

/RD

(1-2B)

(1-3H)(7-3B)

( 1-3 H ) ( 11-3A)

R320 100

R318 100

R319 100

DG

GND

N.M.

C227

DG

74LV126A

(11-3D)

2

R428 33

R33 33

/WE1

(1-3H)(7-3B)(11-3D)

CS18LV02563

4

65

/WE0

IC20B

74LV126A

(1-3H)(2-2A)

(7-3B)(11-3A)

VCC14GND

IC20E

+3.3V

12

10

11

89

IC20D

IC20C

74LV126A

1

7

74LV126A

DG

0.1u

C258

13

74LV126A

D

C

B

A

6 – 7

8. Modem Block (5/12)

FO-DC635U

5/12

(9-5D)

H

/CI

G

F

E

D

+5V

ZD1

02DZ6.8-Y

R571 150K

C384 330p

6

100K

R570

R572

C327

R468

C331

15

C

IC31B

1

74LV4053A

1

14

C

0

IC31A

12

74LV4053A

C330

0.1u/16V-K

N.M.

C72

DGDG

-

432

13

3K

20K

2

1

(9-5B)

SP+

5

IC36

0.1u/16V-K

0

11

N.M.

C329

(9-5B)

SP-

Q116

+5V

NJM2113M

R613

178

+

CE18

12

CE17

12

CE19

12

C386

0.1u

R467

470

R471

1K

10

+5V

R503 10K

(3-2E)

/SPMUTE

B

RT1N436C

C

10K

DG

1u/50V

4.7u/25V

47u/16V

R470

TP192

E

C385

1K

TP193

1000p

DG

TP194

DG

Q115

RT1N436C

R469

10K

R506

(3-2E)

VOLA

DG

B

C

33K

Q114

E

10K

R509

(3-2E)

VOLB

B

RT1N436C

C

DG

0.1u

C364

Q112

E

TP195

(3-2E)

VOLC

B

RT1N436C

C

DG

TP196

E

TP197

(3-3E)

BZOUT

BZCONT

R463 20K

DG

C323 0.01u-K

R461 20K

N.M.

C326

R464

10K

C325

R462

1000p

2.2K

DG

(3-3E)

MONSEL

TP198

R460

C324

10K

DG

TP199

(12-3E)

SPKR2

N.M.

TP201

330p

C398

N.M.

C59

TP202

DG

44.2K-F

R577

R576

(9-4D)

(3-3E)

TXOUT

TXMUTE0

B

Q113

C

R515

3.3K

1

IC32A

-

+

2

3

C61

C60

R514

44.2K-F

22K

R513

N.M.

DG

C366 0.1u/16V-K

C367 N.M .

12

R512 1K

+5VA

CE22

C392

E

DG

IC32A

HA17358AFEL

DG

N.M.

DG

1u

C332

CE15

10u/16V

0.1u

C399 470p

DG

CE24

C391

RXIN

C300

R432 62K

N.M.

C62

R580 56K

+24VA

+5VA

10u/16V

0.1u

(9-4D)

0.1u/16V-K

R431

IC31C

74LV4053A

DG

8

D105

1SS355

+3.3V

(9-3D)

EXTSIG

N.M.

C299

R430

5

3

1

0

9

C

4

+3.3V

0.1u/16V-K

C369

C63

C64

6

5

-

+

4

7

IC32B

C397

0.1u/50V

C396 0.1u/16V-K

AK

CE12

10u/16V

0.1u

C322

MAG

R465

GAINC0

R466

R582

(3-3E)

10K

N.M.

3.3K

DG

+5VA

N.M.

R578 10K

12

DG

C328

+3.3V

16

VDD

IC31D

74LV4053A

10K

R581

DG

CE26

100u/16V

DG

N.M.

DG

C402

IC32B

HA17358AFEL

0.1u

8

VEE7VSS

INH

6

DG DG

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Modem Block

37RI76OH49

77

27

11

67

12

9

68

75

64

10

40

42

61

56

70

47

23

24

45

74

81

8

73

TXD

RTS78CTS

DTR

RXD

C395

CE14

DSR

RLSD

0.1u

MAGMAG

22u/16V

D[31:0]

DG

(1-6H)(2-2A)

(3-2A)(4-6A)

( 7-4 C ) ( 11-6A)

XTCLK

D5

(12-4D)(12-2D)

TDCLK

D6D0D3D2D7D1D4

A[25:0]

RESERVED35RESERVED36RESERVED

M_CNTRL_SIN

A3A5A1A4A2

(1-6H)(2-1A)

(3-1A)(4-6A)

( 7-5 C ) ( 11-6A)

(12-2F)

SR1IO

4 4

SLEEP

R507 100

/IORD

(2-4A)(3-3A)

IA_SLEEP

R508 100

/IOWR

( 4-4A)(12-3I)

(2-4A)(3-3A)

EYECLK

EYESYNC

M_STROBE

TP200

R510 68

/MDMCS0

(2-4A)

( 4- 4 A)(12-3E)

EYEXY

M_SCK

R455 10

MDMINT0

(2-5A)

GP00

RDCLK

YCLK72XCLK

TALK

SPKR

RINGD

IC30

MODEM

VDD38VDD50VGG71VDD169VDD163VDD113VDD157VDD184VDD192MAVDD26VCORE62D087D188D289D390D491D593D694D795RS096RS197RS22RS33RS44RD7WR6CS5SR4IN21M_RXOUT46IRQ79NC17NC20NC39NC41NC48POR34RESET18NC54NC55NC60SR4OUT19M_TXSIN44M_CLKIN43CLK_OUT22XTALI85XTALO86VSUB52VSS16VSS53VSS65VSS

+5V

C321 0.1u

C362 0.1u

C389 0.1u

C318 0.1u

C358 0.1u

6 6

C363 0.1u

C359 0.1u

C365 0.1u

C390 0.1u

+3.3V

L103

10 ( 1 608/2125)

DG

+5VA

12

C333

0.1u

CE13

22u/16V

5 5

29

32

TXA228TXA1

/MDMRST0

30VC31

RIN

VREF

R511

C361

C360

(3-2F)

1

RESERVED

RESERVED14RESERVED15RESERVED58RESERVED59RESERVED66RESERVED82RESERVED83RESERVED

10K

2200p

DG

2200p

DG

3 3

51

28.2240MHz

X5

C319

56p

25

MAVSS33MAVSS

80

R457 68

C320 7p

98

PLL_VDD

VSS

99

MAG

100

PLL_GND

2 2

DG

FM336Plus

DG

MAG

1 1

C

B

A

6 – 8

FO-DC635U

9. Driver & Power Supply Block (6/12)

6/12

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Driver & Power Supply Block

IC3

C162

+5V

6 6

330p

C126

DIP

N.M.

C51

C52

C53

C54

DG

0.1u

8

IC8B

SR104

D3

MG

R1 0.47(1W )

R133

1K

2E13

SENSE1

Vref126ENABLE124PHASE125I1123I0122RC1

IC8B

7

-

+

6

5

R179

R180

11.0K-F

(9-6B)

TMA

/TMA

AK

D4 SR104

R134

1K

C128 330p

13E212

6

OUT1A7OUT1B

SENSE2

Vref217ENABLE219PHASE218I0221I1220RC2

27

C125 470p

R132 56.0K-F

DG

1Y1181Y2161Y3141Y4122Y192Y272Y352Y4

IC9

1A121A241A361A482A1112A2132A3152A4171G12G

TXPA

TXA1

TXA0

TXPB

(2-2F)

(2-3F)

HA17358AFEL

4

DG

R177

12K-F

Q107

BC

33.0K-F

DG

CRNT0

(1-2H)

(9-6B)

TMB

/TMB

SR104

D1

AK

D2 SR104

MG

R2 0.47(1W )

8

OUT2A9OUT2B

16

R135 56.0K-F

C129 470p

3

ENA

ENB

TXB1

TXB0

(2-3F)

(2-2F)

2

R176

22k-F

E

DG

RT1N436C

5 5

+24V

F101

12

14

VBB1VBB

VCC28GND15NC5NC

C124

0.1u

+5V

DG

N.M.

C56

C55

C57

C58

+5V

C163

0.1u

20

10

VCC

GND

19

1

IC8A

HA17358AFEL

-

+

3

E

Q106

BC

RT1N436C

CRNT1

(1-2H)

R131

1M

CE6

100u/50V (SMT)

+

C122

0.1u/50V

ICP-S1.8

11

D(Di)GND4D(Di)GND

LB1845

10

N.M.

R621

MG D G

DG

(TSSOP)

74HCT244

DG DG

DG

MG

2

D8

DAN202U

+24VA

C407

0.1u/50V

CE29

+

R34

10(1/4W)

4 4

+24V

F100

ICP-S1.0

12

VSTP

(9-5B)

+3.3V

2

Vout

GND

31

Vin

Vc

1

4

D9

GPP20J

AK

+5V

MG

C404

+

DG

47u/35V

DG

1MG2MG3MG4

CNPW1

+24VSUB

C405

+24V

N.M.

6

+24V MAIN5+24V MAIN

CE28

7DG8DG9DG10

+5V MAIN

CNPW

+24V

+

C393

C394

0.1u

CE23

0.1u

IC38

3

0.1u

33u/16V

(9-5B)

/STPON

D101

1SS355

AK

CE

47u/16V

PQ3RD23

+5V

DG

C403

0.1u

CE27

33u/16V

+

12

+5V MAIN11+5V MAIN

B12B-PH-KS

3 3

Q1

B

R128 470

STPON

(3-2F)

DG

(9-5D)

/CISLEDON

Q100

2SD1664Q

CE

MG

+1.9VD

1SS355

+3.3V

N.M.

R583

+3.3V

B

R108 470

CISLEDON

(3-1E)

CE20

47u/16V

C387

0.1u

R575

510

R574

1K

4

3

Vo

Vadj

GND

Vc2Vin

1

0.1u

C388

VBAT

+5V

TP222

<VBT>

12

N.M.

3

D7

A1

D103

2SD1164

AK

D104

(9-1A)

/BKLON

MG

CE

5

DG

IC37

PQ070XZ5MZ

CE16

33u/16V

+

HRW0202B

A2 K

BAT1

CR2450

R516 5.6K

+

I

Q102

2SC2411KR

DG

B

10k

1k

R130

R129

BKLON

(2-1F)

FG1

DG

R622

FG2DGFG3

C406

MG

N.M.

C127

JP2

12

C123

DG

R623

N.M.

MG

N.M.

FG4

MG

DGDG DG

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

NOTE:

2 2

1 1

6 – 9

10. LCD Controller Block (7/12)

7/12

I

FO-DC635U

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

LCD Controller Block

6 6

+3.3V

IC10

LCD CONTROLLER

A[25:0]

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 3-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A)(11-6A)(12-2F)

61

1

10

21

41

IOVDD

COREVDD

AB1553AB1454AB1355AB1256AB1157AB1058AB9

A13A5A12A6A7

A15

A14

A10

A11

52

29

IOVDD

AB862AB763AB664AB565AB466AB367AB268AB169AB0

59

A9

5 5

A4

C168 0.1u C166 0.1u C193 0.1u C169 0.1u C167 0.1u C192 0.1u C194 0.1u

20

27

VSS

A1

A2

60

72

80

40

50

VSS

DB153DB144DB135DB126DB117DB108DB9

70

D14

A0

D15

D[31:0]

( 1- 6 H ) ( 2- 2 A)( 3-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

DG

D13

D12

D11A3D10

(8-4H)

(8-4B)

FPD2

FPD3

LCDPWR

R25 220

R26 220

R234 33k

R236 33k

R235 33k

24

26

FPDAT925FPDAT8

FPDAT730FPDAT631FPDAT532FPDAT433FPDAT334FPDAT235FPDAT136FPDAT0

FPDAT1123FPDAT10

DB811DB712DB613DB514DB415DB316DB217DB118DB0

9

D7

D5

D8

D6

D9

4 4

(8-4B)

(8-5B)

XCK

FPD0

FPD1

DG

N.M.

C6

R24 220

R23 220

R27 100

TP206

TP203

TP205

TP204

28

37

FPSHIFT

CS-74BS-75RD-76WE0-

19

D1

D4A8D2

D3

D0

/CS6

( 1-2H)(11-4D)

( 1- 3 H ) ( 2- 3 A)( 3-a1)( 4-5D)(11- 3 A)(12-3A)(12-1A)(12-5A)(12-1A)

(8-5B)

(8-4B)

(8-4C)

M

LP

YD

DISP

R12 220

R14 100

R15 100

R11 220

38

39

42

43

DRDY

FPLINE

LCDPWR

FPFRAME

BCLK

WE1-78RD/WR-

WAIT-

2

71

73

77

79

R239 33

CKLCDC

/WE1

/BS

RD/WR

/RD

/WE0

/RESET

/WAIT

(1-3D)

(1-2H)(2-3A)

( 1-3H)( 4-2D)(11-3D)

(1-3H)(4-2A)(11-3D)

(1-3H)(2-3A)(11-5D)

(1-3H)(2-2A)(4-2A)(11-3A)

( 1- 3 H ) ( 2- 3 A)( 3-a1)( 4-5D)(11- 3 A)(12-3A)(12-1A)(12-5A)(12-1A)

3 3

RESET-

( 1-2B)( 2-3A)( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

H

+3.3V

N.M.

R5 33k

R237

R6 33k

R189 N . M .

DG

44

49

CNF445CNF346CNF247CNF148CNF0

TESTEN

DG DGDG

DG

C198

0.1u/25V

DG

7

GND

74LVU04A

SED1374F0A

(7-3B)

LCDCLK

R7 10

43

IC11B

74LVU04A

10

R8

89

IC11D

74LVU04A

21

65

IC11C

IC11A

74LVU04A

2 2

X2

R10 1M

1011

IC11E

74LVU04A

C174

33p

16MHz

33p

C175

1213

IC11F

74LVU04A

1 1

GPIO0

CLKI

51

22

R238 33k

N.M.

+3.3V

C197

C195

47p

N.M.

C196

C170

LCDCLK

(7-2D)

+3.3V

14

VCC

IC11G

G

F

E

D

C

DG

B

DG

A

6 – 10

FO-DC635U

11. LCD Power Control Block (8/12)

8/12

R185

R13

CE7 +

CE8 +

C165

200k -F

Q103

(3-1A)(4-4A)

(7-3B)(11-5H)

N.M.

33k

100 (1W)

0.22u (3216)

2SC2712GR

+LCD5V

DG

(7-4G)

22u/50V

C131

RT1N141M

1

(7-4G)

FPD3LPFPD2

R137

LCDDG

43k-F

R138

F102

ICP-S0,7

VSS2VSS

LCDVECNT

N.M.

0.01u

LCDDG

1

(1-5B)

RT1N141M

Q108

LCDDG

Q3

2SC2411KR

LCDDG

100p

C171

DG

N.M.

R142

+

LCDDG

CE9

Q109

+LCD5V

R144

LCDDG

R143

C130

220p

R136

30k

LCDDG

R139

30k

LCDDG

1

3

NC

VOUT

IC4

VDD2EXT

VSS

S-8358J50MC

5

4

LCDDG

1k

3300p

C133

R145

D5

1SS322

R147

R146

N.M.

C132

1000p (2125)

1k (2125)

2

10k

2

3

C2

C3

C4

C5

DG

B16B-PHDSS

L1

CR54-220MC

12

Q105

FMMT717

1

+LCD5V

+5V

Q104

R148

CE10

+

0 (2125)

C172

2SD1624T

47u/16V

N.M.

LCDDG

LCDDG LCDDG

C173

R190

N.M.

LCDDG

0 (2125)

DG

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

NOTE:

(1-2B)(2-3A)

DISP

10

(7-3G)

+3.3V

DISP

R182

C164

10k

2200p (2125)

VEE

9

VDD

(7-4G)

LCDPWR

100u/16V

CE5 +

(7-4G)

2200p (2125)

C161

7D06D15D24D33

VEE8VSS

CNLCD

/RESET

R183

R140

Q2

DG

(7-4G)

FPD1YDFPD0

H

G

F

E

D

C

(7-3G)

M

XCK

N.M.

B

16

CNLCD1

A

C158

C159

C160

14

13

12M11

15

LP

YD

VSS

XCK

LCD Power Control Block

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

6 – 11

12. Connector Block 1 (9/12)

9/12

I

(9-3I)

(2-3H)

(9-3I)

(9-2F)

/CMD

/HSYNC

/ETBSY

/PRRDY

+5V

H

G

F

+5V

/PCURES

R531 4.7K R533 3.3K R535 3.3K R537 2.2K R614 1K

4

6

8

12

14

16

GND(DG)

/HSYNC10/PRRDY

12

108642

/EPRDY

/TOD

/ETBSY

14

/STS

/RESET

GND(DG)2GND(DG)

1357911131517192123252729

CNPRT1

GND(DG)1GND(DG)3GND(DG)5GND(DG)7GND(DG)9/EPRDY11/TOD13/STS15/CTBSY17/SRCLK19GND(DG)21+5V23+5V25+5V27+5V

R532 3.3K R534 3.3K R536 3.3K

/CMD

18

/PRINT

/CTBSY

20

GND(DG)

201816

/SRCLK

(9-3I)

/PDATA

22

/VIDEO

22

GND(DG)24GND(DG)

N.M.

R530

+5V

FO-DC635U

I

(2-2H)

(3-4E)

(3-3E)

(10-4I)

(9-5F)

(9-6I)

(9-5I)

(9-3I)

/CPRDY

TP500

26

28

30

/TEST

/CPRDY

30

282624

DHB-PA30-R131N

29

N.M.

C377

C379

DG

(9-5I)

/CMD

/CTBSY

/PDATA

/SRCLK

/CPRDY

/PCURES

3

1Y1181Y2161Y3141Y4122Y192Y272Y352Y4

IC33

1A121A241A361A482A1112A2132A3152A4171G12G

/PCURESO

/CMDO

/CPRDYO

/PDATAO

/SRCLKO

/CTBSYO

(3-4E)

(3-3E)

+5V

20

VCC

C378

0.1u

10

GND

19

DG

(SOP)

74HCT244

DG

C50

C345

C347

N.M.

/TODF

/TODP

/EPRDYI

R494 68

R493 33

R492 68

B118B217B316B415B514B613B712B8

IC29

A12A23A34A45A56A67A78A8

R488 100

R489 100

DG

/TOD

/EPRDY

(9-6F)

/STSI

/ETBSYI

/PRRDYI

+3.3V

R497 68

C346

(9-6I)

0.1u DG

20

11

10

VCC

GND

DIR1OE

74LV245A

9

19

DG

N.M.

C349

C348

R498 100

/ETBSY

(9-5I)

DG

R490 10K

+3.3V

R496 68

R495 68

R58 100

R499 100

/STS

/PRRDY

(9-5F)

H

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

NOTE:

G

F

(9-4I)

(9-2F)

+24V

FB1

12

( 6-2I)

(2-1H)

CISCLK

/CISLEDON

F1

12

C101

N.M.

10

8

9

CLK

VLED

GLED

(6-3G)

VSTP

/STPON

1

VSTP

CNSTP1

N.M.

ICP-S0.5

B10B-PH-KS

(6-3I)

2

/STPON

CNSTP

C100

B2B-PH-KS

(9-3I)

(2-1H)

LD1

R122 270

SEN3

LD0

16

14

R121 270

SEN2

(1-6A)

LCDTH

LEDEN2

100

R165

18

20

22

TH1

LEDEN2

TH2(GND)

20

18

F5

12

R120 270

R119 270

SEN0

SEN1

+5V

24

ICP-S1.0

/BKLONRSE

(6-2I)

N.M.

C107 C109 C120 C152 C153 C154 C155 C156 C157 C121

E

D

C

C111 2200p C112 2200p C113 2200p C114 2200p C115 2200p C116 2200p C117 2200p

B

C118 2200p C119 2200p

DG DG

DG

A

N.M.

LD7

LD6

DG

28

LD726LD6

GND

28

262422

27

B24B-PHDSS

27

N.M.

C108 C110

+

CE3

(2-1H)

(2-2H)

LEDEN1

LD[7:0]

LD4

LD2

LD3SEN5

LD5

DG

(5-2H)

(3-3E)

(5-3H)

(3-3E)

/CI0

R505

/EXHS0

N.M.

4

EXHS

/FRSNS

1DG2

CNSEN1

(3-3G)

/FRTS

(3-3E)

+5V

CML0

DPON0

5

6

7DG8

+5V

CML

DPON

(3-3G)

/B4FRS

/ORGSNS

3DG4

/ORGS

CNSEN

(5-6H)

MG

0.1u

DG

+3.3V

/CI

RXIN

R566

10K

TXOUT

10K

1

2CI3

R529

RXIN

TXOUT

CNLIU1

(5-6H)

SP-

SP+

1

2

SP-

SP+

B2B-PH-KR

CNSP

CNSP1

CNLIU

(3-3G)

5DG6

/B4FRS

9

+24VA

ERLY0

10

(3-3E)

E-RLY

(3-2G)

/ROLSNS

7DG8

ROLSNS

(3-3E)

EXTSIG

DPMUTE0

11

12

DPMUTE

(5-2H)

EXTSIG

DG

2

4

LD56LD48LD310LD212LD114LD0

GND

LEDEN1

12

108642

CNPN1

135791113151719212325

B9B-PH-KS (alternated with B12B-PH-KS)

GND1PLTSW3SEN75SEN67SEN59SEN411SEN313SEN215SEN117SEN019+5V21/BKLON23E25RS

R127 270

DG

B8B-PH-KS

SEN[7:0]

PLTSW

(2-2F)

R123 270

R125 270

R126 270

R124 270

SEN6

SEN4

SEN7

(2-1F)

(9-2F)

CNCIS1

(2-6H)

AO

F2

1

2

SIG

GND

(6-6I)

TMA

/TMA

1

2

TMA

CNTXM1

+5V

2

R624

CE2

22uF/10V

(2-1H)

+

CISSI

C106

0.1u

ICP-S1.0

12

3

(6-6I)

/TMA

C102

5SI6

7

VDD

GND4GND

CNCIS

(6-5I)

TMB

/TMB

3

4

TMB

/TMB

B4B-PH-KS

CNTXM

GND

E

D

C

B

A

Connector Block 1

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

6 – 12

FO-DC635U

13. Connector Block 2 (10/12)

I

H

G

F

E

10/12

PCLD[15:0]

(3-5F)

PCLA[16:0]

(3-4A)

DG

(3-4E)

DG

/SRCLKP

/CTBSYP

/PDATAP

/EPRDYP

C308

C344

R484 10K

N.M.

PCLD10

PCLD14

PCLD8

6

MD142MD124MD10

2

135791113151719212325272931333537394143454749

CNPCL1

PCLD0

PCLD2

PCLD4

PCLD6PCLD7

16

MD88MD610MD412MD214MD0

1210864

18

VDATA

20

22

24

28

GND26GND

SCLK

CBSYZ

PPRDYZ

20

181614

22

PREQ

30

PREQ

C317

GND32GND

DG

C316

(9-2I)

(3-4E)

(10-5E)

/TODP

/NICINTP

NICR/WP

N.M.

PCLA14

PCLA16

PCLA12

R480 68

34

36

38

40

MA1342MA1544MA1746MA1948MA21

IOWRZ

NICINTZ

VSYNCZ

40

38

36343230282624

4244464850

MD151MD133MD115MD97MD79MD511MD313MD115STSZ17CPRDYZ19SBSYZ21CMDZ23HSYNCZ25GND27PACK29GND31GND33GND35ENGRDYZ37NICCSZ39WAITZ41MA1443MA1645MA1847MA20

N.M.

PCLD13 PCLD12

PCLD11

PCLD15

PCLD9

PCLD3

PCLD1

PCLD5

C307

N.M.

/CPRDYP

/STSP

DG

(3-4E)

(1-5A)

(10-4I)

(3-3A)

(3-5A)

/ETBSYP

(3-5A)

C288

R486

10k

DG

/CMDP

/HSYNCP

PACK

(2-2H)

(3-4E)

/PRRDYP

(3-4E) (3-4E)

(3-3A)

PCLA13

PCLA15

C306

N.M.

/NICW AITP

/NICCSP

(3-4E)

(3-4H)

(2-5A)(3-5A)

(2-5A)

(1-5A)

+5V

PCLDTCT

C138

DG

0.1u

I

3

VCC1VCC2VCC

CNPCL2

B3B-PH-KS

PCLA4

PCLA10

PCLA8

50

49

PCLA11

PCLA9

DG

PCLA0

PCLA2

PCLA6

PCLA13

PCLA10

PCLA11

PCLA14

PCLA12

PCLA9

PCLA8

52

54

56

58

60

MA23

MA25

MA27

MA29

PCLIN-

52

53 54

55 56

57 58

51

MA22

51

PCLA7

59 60

55

PCLA3

R519

MA26

R618

10k

MA28

RSTALLZ

57

59

PCLA1

N.M.

BC

Q118

PCLRES

(3-4E)

FX2M6B-60S-1.27DSAL

C343

1000p

E

RT1N436C

MA24

53

PCLA5

+3.3V +3.3V

CA15

PCLA2

PCLA0

PCLA1

PCLA4

CA13

DG

PCLD8

CA10

DG

PCLD0

CA12

CA14

PCLD12

PCLD11 PCLA3

PCLD10

PCLD9

CA9

PCLD3

PCLD1

PCLD2

PCLD4

CA11

PCLA5

PCLD13

PCLD5

PCLA6

PCLD14

PCLD6

PCLA15

PCLA7

PCLD15

PCLD7

PCLA16

C374

DG DG DGDG

H

N.M.

DG

G

F

E

N.M.

/NICCS

NICR/W

/NICINTP

NICDTCT

D

C

B

A

NICD[15:0]

NICA[16:0]

(3-4A)

(3-3A)

Connector Block 2

R400

10k

TP209

2

4

NC

2

CNNIC1

135791113151719212325272931333537394143454749

BRDIN-

TP208

6

INTPRT2-

+3.3V

8

RESERVE

864

R609

NICA16

10

12

A16

VDD

10

NC1NC3GND5VDD7GND9LVDETECT11GND13RESERVE15A517A619A721A823A925A1027A1129A1231A1333A1435A1537D739RESERVE41A243GND45D847GND

TP210

TP207

+3.3V

6 6

/NICACK

1k

TP212

14

16

RW-

TP211

5 5

NICA4

18

20

22A424D026D128D230D332D434D536D638A040A142A344

ACK-

OEP-

CSP1-

RESET-

20

18

161412

22

NICA6

NICA8

NICA5

NICA7

NICRES

DG

BC

+3.3V

RT1N436C

E

Q117

R617

1k

1000p C259

NICD5

NICD6

NICD4

NICD2

NICD3NICA12

NICD1

363432

302826

NICA13

NICA10

NICA11

NICA15

NICA14

4 4

C261

C260

NICD0

24

NICA9

DG

NICA0

40

38

TP213

NICD7

/NICINTF

NICA3

NICA1

46D948

INTPRT1-

4244464850

NICA2

D

NICA12

NICA14

NICA11NICA3

NICA8

NICA9NICD9

NICA10

NICD13

NICD15

NICD10

NICD12

NICD9

TP502

TP503

52

50

54

56

58

60

NC

D12

D10

D11

51

49

NICD8

NICD11

3 3

NC

D13

D15

52

53 54

55 56

57 58

51

59 60

DHB-RA60-R131N

GND

D14

CSP2-

NC

53

55

57

59

TP214

TP501

DG

NICD14

CA2

NICA[16:0] PCLD[15:0] PCLA[16:0]

NICA0

CA3

NICD8

CA8

NICD[15:0]

NICD0

CA5

2 2

CA1

NICA4

NICA1

NICA2

CA4

NICD12NICD4

NICD11

NICD10

CA7 CA16

NICD1

NICD3

NICD2

CA6

NICA5 NICA13

NICD5 NICD13

NICD6 NICD14 NICA6

NICA15NICD7

NICA7

NICD15

NICA16

C228

DG

C

DGDG

B

A

1 1

6 – 13

SHARP FODC635UDR, FO-DC635U Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

TopPage

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Caution

1. Laser caution

2. Life of consumable

3. Caution for Battery replacement

4. Precautions for using Lead-Free Solder

[2] Specifications

1. GENERAL

[3] Operation panel

[4] Transmittable documents

1. Document Sizes

2. Paper Thickness & Weight

3. Document Types

4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents

5. Automatic Document Feeder Capacity

6. Readable Width & Length

[5] Installation

1. Site selection

2. Assembly and connections

4. Loading printing paper

5. Loading paper in the paper cassette

6. Clearing paper jams

7. Clearing a jammed printing paper

8. Replacing the Verification Stamp (FO-45VS)

9. Installing the Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL)

11. Caution when installing paper cassette option FO-CS2(2nd) to FO-DC635

12. Quick reference guide

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS

[1] Adjustments

1. Adjustments

2. IC protectors replacement

3. Settings

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches

1. Operating procedure

2. Diagnostic items description

3. How to make soft switch setting

4. Soft switch description

[3] Troubleshooting

[4] Error code table

[5] Overseas communication mode

[6] Administrator mode in the personal book function

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Mechanical description

[2] Printer description

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures

1. Rear cabinet, 1st Paper cassette left cabinet, Joint left angle

2. PWB plate, Rear cabinet, 1st Paper cassette right cabinet, Joint right angle 1/2, 1st Paper cassette unit

3. Front cabinet

4. PWB’s

5. Operation panel unit, Upper cover unit

6. Front left frame, Inner front cabinet, Paper feed tray

7. Rear left frame, Bottom left frame

8. Inner left cabinet unit

9. Power supply PWB

10. Scanner frame unit (1/2), Operation panel unit, Document guide under

11. Scanner frame unit (2/2), Drive unit

12. Document guide upper, Operation PWB unit, Operation panel case

13. Upper cover

14. Wire treatment

15. High voltage PWB unit (HV1), Paper take-up sensor (PS1)

16. Main motor (M1)

17. Paper take-up roller

18. Print head unit (PH)

19. Paper empty sensor (PE1)

20. Fusing unit (1/2)

21. Fusing unit (2/2)

22. Bottom plate

23. Cassette case unit, 1st paper cassette PWB unit

24. Drive system unit

25. Cassette cabinet

26. Cassette case (1/2)

27. Cassette case (2/2)

[4] How to install the verification stamp (FO-45VS)

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS

[1] Block diagram